1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
69 /* readline include files */
70 #include "readline/readline.h"
71 #include "readline/history.h"
73 /* readline defines this. */
76 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
77 #include "python/python.h"
79 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
81 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
83 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
85 static void disable_command (char *, int);
87 static void enable_command (char *, int);
89 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
93 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
95 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
97 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
99 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
100 struct linespec_result *,
104 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
105 struct linespec_result *,
106 struct linespec_sals *,
108 enum bpdisp, int, int,
110 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
113 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
114 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
116 static void clear_command (char *, int);
118 static void catch_command (char *, int);
120 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
122 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
124 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
126 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
128 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
129 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
130 const struct symtab_and_line *);
132 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
134 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
135 struct symtab_and_line,
137 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
139 static struct breakpoint *
140 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
142 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
144 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
146 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
151 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
152 struct obj_section *, int);
154 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
156 struct address_space *aspace2,
159 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
160 struct bp_location *loc2);
162 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
163 struct address_space *aspace,
166 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
168 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
170 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
171 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
173 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
175 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
177 static void commands_command (char *, int);
179 static void condition_command (char *, int);
188 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
189 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
191 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
193 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
195 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
197 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
199 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
201 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
203 int *other_type_used);
205 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
207 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
209 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
211 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
213 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
215 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
217 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
219 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
220 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
222 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
224 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
226 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
229 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
230 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
231 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
233 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
235 static void update_global_location_list (int);
237 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
239 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
241 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
243 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
245 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
247 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
249 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
251 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
253 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
255 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
257 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
260 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
262 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
264 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
266 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
267 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
268 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
269 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
271 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
272 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
274 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
275 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
277 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
279 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
281 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
282 breakpoints share a single command list. */
283 struct counted_command_line
285 /* The reference count. */
288 /* The command list. */
289 struct command_line *commands;
292 struct command_line *
293 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
295 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
298 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
299 current breakpoint. */
301 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
304 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
306 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
307 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
309 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
311 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
314 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
315 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
316 if such is available. */
317 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
320 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
321 struct cmd_list_element *c,
324 fprintf_filtered (file,
325 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
326 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
330 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
331 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
332 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
333 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
334 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
336 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
337 struct cmd_list_element *c,
340 fprintf_filtered (file,
341 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
342 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
346 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
347 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
348 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
349 use hardware breakpoints. */
350 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
352 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
353 struct cmd_list_element *c,
356 fprintf_filtered (file,
357 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
361 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
362 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
363 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
364 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
365 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
367 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
368 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
369 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
370 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
371 always_inserted_auto,
376 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
378 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
379 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
381 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
382 fprintf_filtered (file,
383 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
384 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
386 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
388 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
393 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
395 return ((always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
396 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop))
400 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
402 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
403 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
405 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
406 static int overlay_events_enabled;
408 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
409 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
411 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
412 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
413 current breakpoint. */
415 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
417 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
418 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
419 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
422 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
423 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
424 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
426 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
427 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
428 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
431 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
433 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
434 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
435 if (is_tracepoint (B))
437 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
439 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
441 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
443 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
445 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
447 static unsigned bp_location_count;
449 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
450 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
451 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
452 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
453 an address you need to read. */
455 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
457 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
458 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
459 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
460 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
461 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
463 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
465 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
466 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
468 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
470 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
472 static int breakpoint_count;
474 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
475 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
476 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
477 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
478 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
480 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
482 static int tracepoint_count;
484 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
485 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
486 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
488 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
490 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
492 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
495 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
498 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
500 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
501 breakpoint_count = num;
502 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
505 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
506 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
507 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
509 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
513 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
515 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
518 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
522 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
524 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
527 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
530 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
532 struct breakpoint *b;
538 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
539 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
541 static struct counted_command_line *
542 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
544 struct counted_command_line *result
545 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
548 result->commands = commands;
552 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
555 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
561 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
562 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
563 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
566 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
570 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
572 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
579 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
582 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
584 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
587 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
590 static struct cleanup *
591 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
593 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
597 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
598 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
601 get_breakpoint (int num)
603 struct breakpoint *b;
606 if (b->number == num)
615 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
618 xfree (b->cond_string);
619 b->cond_string = NULL;
621 if (is_watchpoint (b))
623 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
630 struct bp_location *loc;
632 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
642 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
648 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
649 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
650 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
651 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
653 if (is_watchpoint (b))
655 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
657 innermost_block = NULL;
659 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
661 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
662 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
666 struct bp_location *loc;
668 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
672 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
674 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
678 breakpoints_changed ();
679 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
682 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
685 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
687 struct breakpoint *b;
692 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
695 bnum = get_number (&p);
697 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
700 if (b->number == bnum)
702 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
703 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
704 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
705 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
707 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
708 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
709 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
710 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
714 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
717 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
718 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
719 Throw if any such commands is found. */
722 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
724 struct command_line *c;
726 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
730 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
731 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
732 "only be used for tracepoints"));
734 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
735 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
737 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
738 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
740 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
741 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
743 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
744 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
748 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
751 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
753 return (type == bp_tracepoint
754 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
755 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
759 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
761 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
764 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
765 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
769 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
770 struct command_line *commands)
772 if (is_tracepoint (b))
774 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
775 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
776 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
777 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
778 struct command_line *c;
779 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
780 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
782 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
784 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
785 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
786 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
787 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
788 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
789 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
792 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
793 "can be used only once"));
800 struct command_line *c2;
802 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
803 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
804 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
806 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
807 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
813 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
817 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
818 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
821 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
823 struct breakpoint *b;
824 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
825 struct bp_location *loc;
828 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
830 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
831 if (loc->address == addr)
832 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
838 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
839 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
842 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
843 struct command_line *commands)
845 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
847 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
848 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
849 breakpoints_changed ();
850 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
853 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
854 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
858 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
860 int old_silent = b->silent;
863 if (old_silent != silent)
864 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
867 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
868 breakpoint work for any thread. */
871 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
873 int old_thread = b->thread;
876 if (old_thread != thread)
877 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
880 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
881 breakpoint work for any task. */
884 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
886 int old_task = b->task;
889 if (old_task != task)
890 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
894 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
896 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
898 validate_actionline (&line, b);
901 /* A structure used to pass information through
902 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
906 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
909 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
912 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
913 already-parsed command. */
914 struct command_line *control;
916 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
918 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
921 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
925 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
927 struct commands_info *info = data;
929 if (info->cmd == NULL)
931 struct command_line *l;
933 if (info->control != NULL)
934 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
937 struct cleanup *old_chain;
940 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
941 "%s, one per line."),
944 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
946 l = read_command_lines (str,
949 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
952 do_cleanups (old_chain);
955 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
958 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
960 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
962 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
963 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
964 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
965 b->commands = info->cmd;
966 breakpoints_changed ();
967 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
972 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
973 struct command_line *control)
975 struct cleanup *cleanups;
976 struct commands_info info;
978 info.from_tty = from_tty;
979 info.control = control;
981 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
982 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
983 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
985 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
987 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
988 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
990 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
991 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
994 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
995 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
996 numbers will fail in this case. */
1001 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1003 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1006 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1010 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1012 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1013 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1015 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1019 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1021 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1024 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1025 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1027 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1028 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1029 enum command_control_type
1030 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1032 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1033 return simple_control;
1036 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1039 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1041 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1045 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1046 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1051 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1052 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1054 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1055 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1056 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1057 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1058 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1059 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1060 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1061 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1063 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1066 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1067 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1068 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1070 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1072 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1074 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1075 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1076 report higher one. */
1079 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1080 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1082 struct bp_location *bl;
1084 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1085 bl = bp_location[bc];
1087 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1088 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1089 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1090 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1092 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1093 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1094 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1096 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1098 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1105 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1106 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1107 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1108 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1109 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1112 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1114 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1115 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1116 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1119 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1122 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1124 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1126 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1127 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1131 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1132 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1133 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1136 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1139 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1140 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1141 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1144 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1146 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1147 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1150 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1152 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1153 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1155 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1156 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1160 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1161 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1165 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1166 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1168 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1169 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1170 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1174 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1176 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1177 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1180 if (readbuf != NULL)
1182 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1184 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1185 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1189 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1190 const unsigned char *bp;
1191 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1192 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1194 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1195 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1196 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1198 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1200 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1202 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1203 breakpoint's INSN. */
1204 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1210 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1213 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1215 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1216 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1217 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1220 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1224 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1226 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1227 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1230 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1231 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1232 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1233 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1234 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1235 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1236 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1237 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1240 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1242 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1243 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1244 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1245 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1248 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1249 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1252 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1254 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1256 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1258 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1259 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1260 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1261 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1262 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1264 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1267 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1268 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1269 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1270 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1272 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1274 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1275 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1278 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1279 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1280 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1281 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1282 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1283 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1284 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1285 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1287 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1288 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1289 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1290 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1291 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1292 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1293 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1294 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1297 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1298 hardware watchpoints:
1300 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1301 called several times when GDB stops.
1304 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1305 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1306 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1307 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1308 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1309 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1310 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1311 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1312 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1313 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1314 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1316 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1317 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1320 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1322 int within_current_scope;
1323 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1326 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1327 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1328 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1329 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1332 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1337 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1338 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1339 within_current_scope = 1;
1342 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1343 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1344 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1346 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1347 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1348 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1349 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1352 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1353 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1354 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1355 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1358 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1360 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1361 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1362 if (within_current_scope)
1366 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1367 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1368 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1371 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1380 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1381 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1382 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1383 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1384 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1385 be completely different objects. */
1386 value_free (b->val);
1390 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1391 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1392 locations (re)created below. */
1393 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1395 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1397 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1401 s = b->base.cond_string;
1402 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1406 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1407 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1408 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1409 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1410 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1411 if ( !target_has_execution)
1413 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1414 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1415 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1417 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1420 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1421 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1423 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1425 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1426 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1427 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1428 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1429 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1431 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1437 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1439 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1440 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1442 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1443 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1444 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1445 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1446 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1447 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1448 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1450 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1452 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1453 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1454 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1456 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1457 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1461 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1463 addr = value_address (v);
1464 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1466 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1468 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1471 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1472 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1475 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1477 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1478 loc->address = addr;
1480 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1485 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1486 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1487 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1492 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1493 struct bp_location *bl;
1495 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1499 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1502 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1503 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1504 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1506 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1507 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1508 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1509 this watchpoint in as well. */
1511 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1512 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1513 hardware watchpoint type. */
1514 type = b->base.type;
1515 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1516 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1518 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1519 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1520 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1521 through watch_command), so always account for it
1524 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1525 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1527 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1528 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1531 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1532 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1534 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1536 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1537 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1538 "hardware watchpoint."));
1539 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1540 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1541 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1543 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1544 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1548 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1549 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1550 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1552 b->base.type = type;
1555 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1556 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1557 "read/access watchpoint."));
1559 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1561 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1562 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1563 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1564 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1567 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1569 next = value_next (v);
1574 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1575 above left it without any location set up. But,
1576 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1577 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1578 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1580 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1581 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1582 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1583 base->loc->address = -1;
1584 base->loc->length = -1;
1585 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1588 else if (!within_current_scope)
1590 printf_filtered (_("\
1591 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1592 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1594 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1597 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1599 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1603 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1604 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1605 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1606 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1607 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1609 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1611 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1614 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1617 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1620 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
1623 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1624 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1625 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1626 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1627 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1628 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1629 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1630 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1631 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1637 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
1638 that the location is not duplicated. */
1641 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1644 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
1647 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
1648 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
1652 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1653 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1654 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1655 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
1658 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1659 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1661 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
1662 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1663 int *disabled_breaks,
1664 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1668 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1671 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1672 memset (&bl->target_info, 0, sizeof (bl->target_info));
1673 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
1674 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
1675 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
1677 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1678 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1680 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1682 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1683 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1684 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1686 Two important cases are:
1687 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1688 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1689 hardware breakpoint.
1690 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1691 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1692 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1695 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1696 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1697 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1698 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1700 struct mem_region *mr
1701 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
1705 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1707 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1709 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1710 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1712 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1714 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
1716 static int said = 0;
1718 bl->loc_type = new_type;
1721 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
1722 _("Note: automatically using "
1723 "hardware breakpoints for "
1724 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1729 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1730 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1731 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1732 "at readonly address %s"),
1733 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
1737 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1738 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1739 || bl->section == NULL
1740 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
1742 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1744 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1748 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1749 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1750 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1752 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1753 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1754 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1755 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1756 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1760 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
1762 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1763 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
1764 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1765 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1766 &bl->overlay_target_info);
1768 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1769 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1770 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1774 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1775 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
1777 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1778 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1782 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1783 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1790 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1791 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
1793 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1795 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
1796 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
1797 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1799 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1800 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1802 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1803 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1804 "library breakpoints:\n");
1806 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1807 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1808 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
1812 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1814 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1815 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1816 "Cannot insert hardware "
1822 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1823 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1825 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1826 "Error accessing memory address ");
1827 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
1829 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1830 safe_strerror (val));
1841 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1842 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1843 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1844 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1846 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1847 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1849 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1851 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1852 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1853 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
1855 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1857 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1858 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1860 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1862 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
1863 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
1867 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
1868 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1875 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1876 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1879 /* Back to the original value. */
1880 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
1884 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1887 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1889 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1890 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1892 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1895 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1899 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1900 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
1902 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
1905 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1907 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1908 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1909 so just return success. */
1916 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1917 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1921 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
1923 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
1924 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1926 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1927 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
1929 if (b->pspace == pspace)
1930 delete_breakpoint (b);
1933 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1934 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1935 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1937 struct bp_location *tmp;
1939 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
1941 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1942 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
1943 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
1945 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
1946 if (tmp->next == loc)
1948 tmp->next = loc->next;
1954 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1955 removed locations above. */
1956 update_global_location_list (0);
1959 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1960 Throws exception on any error.
1961 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1962 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1964 insert_breakpoints (void)
1966 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1968 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1969 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1971 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
1973 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1976 update_global_location_list (1);
1978 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1979 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1981 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1982 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1985 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
1988 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1990 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1991 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1994 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1995 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1997 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1998 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2000 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2001 there was an error. */
2002 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2004 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2006 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2008 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
2011 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2012 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2013 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2014 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2015 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2018 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2020 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2021 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2022 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2023 insert breakpoints. */
2024 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2025 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2028 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2029 &hw_breakpoint_error);
2034 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2035 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2036 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2038 int some_failed = 0;
2039 struct bp_location *loc;
2041 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2044 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2047 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2050 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2051 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2058 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2060 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2062 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2063 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2064 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2072 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2073 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2074 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
2076 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2077 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2078 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2080 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2081 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2084 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2087 /* Used when the program stops.
2088 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2089 removing a breakpoint location. */
2092 remove_breakpoints (void)
2094 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2097 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2099 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2100 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2105 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2108 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2110 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2112 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2114 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2116 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2121 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2130 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2132 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2133 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2135 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2136 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2137 struct inferior *inf;
2138 struct thread_info *tp;
2140 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2144 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2145 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2147 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2149 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2150 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2152 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2154 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2160 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2163 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2168 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2172 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2174 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2175 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2176 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2177 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2178 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2179 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2181 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2184 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2187 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2188 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2192 static struct breakpoint *
2193 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2194 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
2195 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
2197 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2198 struct breakpoint *b;
2200 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2203 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2204 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2206 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
2207 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2208 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2213 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2215 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2217 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2219 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2220 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2222 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2223 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2225 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2226 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2228 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2229 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2231 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2232 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2235 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2237 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2238 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2240 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2243 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2245 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2248 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2249 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2251 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2252 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2254 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2256 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2257 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2259 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2260 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2262 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2263 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2265 return bp_objfile_data;
2269 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2271 struct objfile *objfile;
2272 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2274 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2276 struct breakpoint *b;
2277 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2280 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2282 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2285 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2287 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2289 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2292 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2293 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2296 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2299 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2300 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2302 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2303 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2305 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2307 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2308 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2312 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2313 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2316 update_global_location_list (1);
2320 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2322 struct program_space *pspace;
2323 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2325 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2327 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2329 struct objfile *objfile;
2331 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2333 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2336 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2337 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2339 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2340 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2343 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2345 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2347 struct breakpoint *b;
2348 const char *func_name;
2351 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2354 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2355 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2357 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2359 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2362 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2363 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2366 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2369 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2370 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
2371 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2372 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2373 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2377 update_global_location_list (1);
2379 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2382 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2384 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2386 struct program_space *pspace;
2387 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2388 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2390 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2392 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2394 struct objfile *objfile;
2397 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2399 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2401 struct breakpoint *b;
2402 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2404 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2406 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2409 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2411 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2413 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2414 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2415 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2417 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2418 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2421 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2424 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2425 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2426 bp_std_terminate_master,
2427 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2428 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2429 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2433 update_global_location_list (1);
2435 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2438 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2441 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2443 struct objfile *objfile;
2444 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2446 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2448 struct breakpoint *b;
2449 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2450 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2453 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2455 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
2458 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2460 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
2462 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
2464 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2465 if (debug_hook == NULL)
2467 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
2471 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
2474 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
2475 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
2477 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
2478 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2479 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2480 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2483 update_global_location_list (1);
2487 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2489 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2490 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2492 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2493 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2494 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2495 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2496 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2497 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2498 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2499 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2500 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2501 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2502 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2504 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2506 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2509 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2510 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2512 delete_breakpoint (b);
2516 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2517 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
2519 delete_breakpoint (b);
2523 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2524 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2525 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
2526 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
2527 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
2529 delete_breakpoint (b);
2533 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2534 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
2536 delete_breakpoint (b);
2540 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2542 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
2543 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
2545 delete_breakpoint (b);
2549 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2551 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2552 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2553 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2554 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2558 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2559 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2560 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2561 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2562 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2563 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2565 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2566 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2567 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2568 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2569 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2570 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2571 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2573 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
2574 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2575 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2576 let finish_command delete it.
2578 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2579 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2580 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2581 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2582 solib breakpoints.) */
2584 if (b->type == bp_finish)
2589 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2590 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2592 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
2594 delete_breakpoint (b);
2598 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2599 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2600 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2601 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2602 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2606 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
2608 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2610 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2611 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
2613 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2614 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2616 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2617 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
2618 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2620 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2624 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
2627 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2628 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2630 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2634 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2635 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2636 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2637 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2638 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2641 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2645 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2646 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2648 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2649 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2652 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2653 This should not ever happen. */
2654 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2656 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2657 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2659 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2660 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2661 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2663 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2664 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2665 || bl->section == NULL
2666 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2668 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2669 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2673 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2674 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2675 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2677 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2678 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2680 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2681 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2682 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2683 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2684 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2686 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2687 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2689 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2690 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2693 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2694 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2695 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2696 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2698 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2699 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2700 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2701 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
2702 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2703 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2709 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2714 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2715 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2716 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2717 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2722 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2724 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2726 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2727 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2729 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2730 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2732 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2733 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
2734 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2737 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
2738 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2741 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2742 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2744 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2748 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2755 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2758 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2760 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2761 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2763 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2764 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2767 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2768 This should not ever happen. */
2769 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2771 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
2773 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2775 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
2777 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2781 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2784 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2786 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2788 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2789 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
2793 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2794 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2796 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2799 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2800 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2801 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2806 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
2808 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2809 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2811 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
2813 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2815 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
2818 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2820 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2821 if (bl->pspace == pspace
2822 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2826 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2828 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
2835 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2836 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2839 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2841 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2843 case bp_shlib_event:
2845 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2846 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2847 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2848 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2849 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2851 (gdb) file prog-linux
2852 (gdb) run # native linux target
2855 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2856 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2859 delete_breakpoint (b);
2863 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2864 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2865 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2867 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
2869 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2870 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
2871 delete_breakpoint (b);
2872 else if (context == inf_starting)
2874 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2875 insert_breakpoints. */
2877 value_free (w->val);
2888 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2889 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
2890 decref_bp_location (&bl);
2891 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
2894 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2895 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2896 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2897 match, not program space. */
2899 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2900 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2901 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2902 permanent breakpoint.
2903 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2904 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2905 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
2906 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2907 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2909 enum breakpoint_here
2910 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2912 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2913 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
2915 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2917 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2918 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2921 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2922 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2923 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2924 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2926 if (overlay_debugging
2927 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2928 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2929 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2930 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2931 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
2933 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
2937 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
2940 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2943 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2945 struct bp_location *loc;
2948 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
2949 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
2955 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2956 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2957 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2958 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2961 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2964 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2966 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2968 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2969 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2973 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2975 if (overlay_debugging
2976 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2977 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2978 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2986 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2987 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2990 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2992 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2995 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3001 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3005 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3008 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3010 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3012 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3016 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3019 if (overlay_debugging
3020 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3021 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3022 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3028 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3029 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3036 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3037 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3039 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3041 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3043 struct bp_location *loc;
3045 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3046 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3049 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3052 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3053 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3057 /* Check for intersection. */
3058 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3059 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3067 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3068 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3071 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3074 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3075 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3079 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3081 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3082 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3085 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3086 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3087 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3090 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3093 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
3095 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3096 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3097 it is now time to do so. */
3099 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3100 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
3104 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
3106 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3107 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
3108 it is now time to do so. */
3110 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
3111 if (bl->owner->task != task)
3115 if (overlay_debugging
3116 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3117 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3118 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3127 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3131 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3133 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3136 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3140 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3142 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3143 value_free (bs->old_val);
3144 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3145 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3149 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3150 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3153 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3170 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3171 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3174 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3178 bpstat retval = NULL;
3183 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3185 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3186 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3187 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3188 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3189 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3191 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3192 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3196 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3206 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3209 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3214 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3216 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3222 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3223 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3224 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3225 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3227 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3228 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3230 Return 1 otherwise. */
3233 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3235 struct breakpoint *b;
3238 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3240 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3241 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3242 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3243 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3244 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3246 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3248 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3252 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3255 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
3257 struct thread_info *tp;
3260 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3263 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
3267 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3269 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3271 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3273 value_free (bs->old_val);
3279 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3282 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3284 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3286 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3288 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3289 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3290 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3291 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3292 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3296 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3299 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3302 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3304 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3307 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
3308 or its equivalent. */
3311 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
3313 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
3314 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
3317 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3318 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3319 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3320 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3322 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3323 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3324 bpstat of the current thread. */
3327 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3330 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3333 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3335 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3338 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3339 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3341 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3343 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3346 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3347 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3349 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3350 struct command_line *cmd;
3351 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3353 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3355 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3356 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3357 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3358 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3359 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3360 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3361 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3362 the tree when we're done. */
3363 ccmd = bs->commands;
3364 bs->commands = NULL;
3365 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3366 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
3367 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
3369 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
3375 execute_control_command (cmd);
3377 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3383 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3384 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3386 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3388 if (target_can_async_p ())
3389 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3390 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3391 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3394 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3395 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3396 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3397 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3398 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3399 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3400 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3401 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3402 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3403 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3404 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3405 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3406 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3411 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3416 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3418 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
3420 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3421 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3422 && target_has_execution
3423 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3424 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3425 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3426 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3427 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3428 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3429 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
3432 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
3435 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3438 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3441 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3444 struct value_print_options opts;
3445 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3446 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3450 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3451 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3452 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3453 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3456 static enum print_stop_action
3457 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3459 switch (bs->print_it)
3462 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3463 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3467 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3468 relevant messages. */
3469 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3472 case print_it_normal:
3474 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3476 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3477 which has since been deleted. */
3479 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3481 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
3482 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
3487 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3488 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3493 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3494 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3495 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
3496 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
3497 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3498 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3499 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3502 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3503 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3504 code to print the location. An example is
3505 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3507 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3508 to also print the location part of the message.
3509 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3510 don't require a location appended to the end.
3511 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3512 further info to be printed. */
3514 enum print_stop_action
3515 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
3519 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3520 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3521 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3522 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3523 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
3525 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
3526 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3527 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3528 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
3532 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
3533 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
3534 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
3535 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
3537 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3538 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
3539 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
3540 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
3541 return PRINT_NOTHING;
3544 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3545 with and nothing was printed. */
3546 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3549 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3550 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3551 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3552 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3555 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
3557 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3558 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
3560 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3564 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3567 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
3571 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
3573 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
3574 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
3575 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
3576 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
3577 incref_bp_location (bl);
3578 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3579 bs->commands = NULL;
3581 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
3585 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3586 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3589 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3591 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3593 struct breakpoint *b;
3595 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
3597 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3598 as not triggered. */
3600 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3602 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3604 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3610 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
3612 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3613 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3615 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3617 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3619 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
3622 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
3625 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3626 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3630 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3632 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3633 struct bp_location *loc;
3635 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3636 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3638 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
3640 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
3641 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
3643 if (newaddr == start)
3645 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3649 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3650 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
3654 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3663 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3664 because of check_errors). */
3665 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3666 #define WP_DELETED 1
3667 /* The value has changed. */
3668 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3669 /* The value has not changed. */
3670 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3671 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3674 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3675 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3677 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3680 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3681 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3684 watchpoint_check (void *p)
3686 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
3687 struct watchpoint *b;
3688 struct frame_info *fr;
3689 int within_current_scope;
3691 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3692 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
3693 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3695 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3696 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3697 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3698 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
3701 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
3702 within_current_scope = 1;
3705 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
3706 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
3707 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
3709 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3710 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3711 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3712 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3713 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3714 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3715 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3716 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3717 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3718 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
3721 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
3722 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
3724 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3725 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3726 if (within_current_scope)
3728 struct symbol *function;
3730 function = get_frame_function (fr);
3731 if (function == NULL
3732 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
3733 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
3734 within_current_scope = 0;
3737 if (within_current_scope)
3738 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3739 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3744 if (within_current_scope)
3746 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3747 time before we return to the command level and call
3748 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3749 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3753 struct value *new_val;
3755 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
3756 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3757 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3758 a mask watchpoint. */
3759 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3761 mark = value_mark ();
3762 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
3764 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3765 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3766 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3767 not what we want. */
3768 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
3769 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
3771 if (new_val != NULL)
3773 release_value (new_val);
3774 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3776 bs->old_val = b->val;
3779 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3783 /* Nothing changed. */
3784 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3785 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
3790 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
3792 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3793 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3794 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3795 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3796 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3797 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3798 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3799 the first value assigned). */
3800 /* We print all the stop information in
3801 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
3802 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
3803 already. So we have no choice but print the information
3805 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3807 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
3808 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
3809 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
3811 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3812 which its expression is valid.\n");
3814 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3815 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
3816 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3822 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3823 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
3824 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3827 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
3828 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
3830 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3832 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
3833 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3835 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr);
3838 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
3839 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
3842 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
3844 const struct bp_location *bl;
3845 struct watchpoint *b;
3847 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3848 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3849 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3850 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3851 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3854 int must_check_value = 0;
3856 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
3857 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3859 must_check_value = 1;
3860 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
3861 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3862 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3864 must_check_value = 1;
3865 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
3866 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
3867 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3868 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3869 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3870 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3871 must_check_value = 1;
3873 if (must_check_value)
3876 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3878 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
3879 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
3881 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3885 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3886 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3890 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3893 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
3894 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
3896 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3898 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3899 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3900 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3901 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3902 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3903 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3904 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3907 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
3908 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3911 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
3912 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3913 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3914 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3916 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
3917 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3918 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3921 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3922 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3923 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
3924 changes. This still gives false positives when
3925 the program writes the same value to memory as
3926 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
3927 it for a read), but it's much better than
3930 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
3932 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
3934 struct breakpoint *other_b;
3936 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
3937 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3938 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
3940 struct watchpoint *other_w =
3941 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
3943 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
3944 == watch_triggered_yes)
3946 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
3952 if (other_write_watchpoint
3953 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
3955 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
3956 and the value changed since the last time we
3957 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
3959 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3964 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
3965 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3966 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
3968 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3969 the value hasn't changed. */
3970 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3978 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3979 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
3980 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3981 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3982 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3986 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3988 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3989 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3990 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3991 anything for this watchpoint. */
3992 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3999 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4000 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4001 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4004 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4006 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4007 const struct bp_location *bl;
4008 struct breakpoint *b;
4010 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4011 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4012 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4013 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4014 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4016 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4017 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4021 int value_is_zero = 0;
4022 struct expression *cond;
4024 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4025 method implemented. */
4026 if (b->py_bp_object)
4027 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
4029 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4031 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4038 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
4040 int within_current_scope = 1;
4041 struct watchpoint * w;
4043 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4044 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4045 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4046 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4048 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4050 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4051 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4055 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4056 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4057 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4058 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4059 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4061 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4062 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4065 struct frame_info *frame;
4067 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4068 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4069 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4070 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4071 really matter which instantiation of the function
4072 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4073 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4074 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4075 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4076 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4077 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4078 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4079 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4081 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
4083 select_frame (frame);
4085 within_current_scope = 0;
4087 if (within_current_scope)
4089 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4090 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4094 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4095 "in the current scope"));
4096 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4097 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4100 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4101 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4104 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4108 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4112 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4115 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4117 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4119 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4125 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4126 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4128 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4129 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4132 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4134 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4136 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4137 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4138 several reasons concurrently.)
4140 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4141 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4144 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4145 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
4147 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4148 struct bp_location *bl;
4149 struct bp_location *loc;
4150 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4151 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4152 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4155 int need_remove_insert;
4158 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4159 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4160 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4161 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4162 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4163 inferior function calls. */
4167 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4170 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4172 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4173 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4174 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4175 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4176 checked all locations already. */
4177 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4180 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4183 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr))
4186 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4189 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4192 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4193 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4194 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4198 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4199 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4200 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4202 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4204 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
4206 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4211 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4213 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4215 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4216 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4219 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4223 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4224 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4225 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4229 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4234 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4235 b->ops->check_status (bs);
4238 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4243 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4245 /* We will stop here. */
4246 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4248 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4249 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4254 bs->commands = b->commands;
4255 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4256 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
4257 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
4263 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
4265 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
4266 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4269 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4270 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4271 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4273 need_remove_insert = 0;
4274 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4275 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4277 && bs->breakpoint_at
4278 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4280 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4282 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4283 need_remove_insert = 1;
4286 if (need_remove_insert)
4287 update_global_location_list (1);
4288 else if (removed_any)
4289 update_global_location_list (0);
4295 handle_jit_event (void)
4297 struct frame_info *frame;
4298 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4300 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4301 breakpoint_re_set. */
4302 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4304 frame = get_current_frame ();
4305 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4307 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4309 target_terminal_inferior ();
4312 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4314 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4317 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
4319 struct bpstat_what retval;
4320 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4321 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4322 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4323 int shlib_event = 0;
4327 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4328 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4329 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
4331 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4333 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4334 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4335 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4338 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4340 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4341 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4345 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
4347 if (bptype == bp_shlib_event)
4355 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4358 case bp_shlib_event:
4362 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4364 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4367 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4370 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4371 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4372 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4376 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4378 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4382 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4383 This requires no further action. */
4388 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4389 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
4391 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4392 case bp_exception_resume:
4393 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4394 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
4396 case bp_step_resume:
4398 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4401 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4402 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4405 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4407 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
4410 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4411 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4414 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4415 case bp_thread_event:
4416 case bp_overlay_event:
4417 case bp_longjmp_master:
4418 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4419 case bp_exception_master:
4420 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4426 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4428 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4432 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4433 This requires no further action. */
4438 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4441 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4442 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4443 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
4444 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4446 case bp_std_terminate:
4447 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4448 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4449 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
4450 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4453 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4454 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4455 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4456 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4458 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4459 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4461 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4462 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4463 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4465 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4466 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4467 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4468 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4471 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4472 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
4475 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
4478 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4479 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4484 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4486 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4487 to be adding them automatically. */
4489 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4490 breakpoint_re_set. */
4491 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4494 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add);
4496 solib_add (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add);
4499 target_terminal_inferior ();
4505 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4507 handle_jit_event ();
4510 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4512 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4518 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4519 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
4521 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4522 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
4530 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4531 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4532 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4535 bpstat_should_step (void)
4537 struct breakpoint *b;
4540 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
4546 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
4548 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4557 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4558 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4559 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4562 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
4564 static char wrap_indent[80];
4565 int i, total_width, width, align;
4569 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
4571 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
4573 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
4574 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
4575 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
4580 total_width += width + 1;
4586 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4589 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4590 struct bp_location *loc)
4592 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4593 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
4595 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
4599 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
4601 if (b->display_canonical)
4602 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
4603 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
4606 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
4609 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
4610 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
4611 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
4612 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
4613 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
4614 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
4616 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
4617 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
4619 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4621 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
4622 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
4625 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
4628 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
4632 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4633 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4635 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
4637 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
4639 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
4642 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
4644 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4648 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
4650 struct ep_type_description
4655 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
4657 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
4658 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
4659 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
4660 {bp_until, "until"},
4661 {bp_finish, "finish"},
4662 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
4663 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
4664 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
4665 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
4666 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
4667 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
4668 {bp_exception, "exception"},
4669 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
4670 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
4671 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
4672 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
4673 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
4674 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
4675 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
4676 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
4677 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
4678 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
4679 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
4680 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
4681 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
4682 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
4683 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
4684 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
4685 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
4686 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4687 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4690 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
4691 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
4692 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4693 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4696 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
4699 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4702 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4703 struct bp_location *loc,
4705 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4708 struct command_line *l;
4709 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
4711 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4712 int header_of_multiple = 0;
4713 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
4714 struct value_print_options opts;
4716 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4718 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
4719 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4720 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4723 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
4724 header_of_multiple = 1;
4732 if (part_of_multiple)
4735 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
4736 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
4741 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4746 if (part_of_multiple)
4747 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
4749 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
4753 if (part_of_multiple)
4754 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
4756 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
4761 if (part_of_multiple)
4762 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
4764 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
4765 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
4766 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
4770 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
4772 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4773 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4774 make sure there's just one location. */
4775 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
4776 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
4782 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4783 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4787 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4788 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4789 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4791 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4793 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4794 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4795 is relatively readable). */
4796 if (opts.addressprint)
4797 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4799 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
4804 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4808 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4810 case bp_exception_resume:
4811 case bp_step_resume:
4812 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4813 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4815 case bp_std_terminate:
4816 case bp_shlib_event:
4817 case bp_thread_event:
4818 case bp_overlay_event:
4819 case bp_longjmp_master:
4820 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4821 case bp_exception_master:
4823 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4824 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4826 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4827 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4828 if (opts.addressprint)
4831 if (header_of_multiple)
4832 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4833 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
4834 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4836 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
4837 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
4840 if (!header_of_multiple)
4841 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
4848 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4851 && !header_of_multiple
4853 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
4854 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4855 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4856 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4857 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4858 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
4860 struct inferior *inf;
4863 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
4865 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
4870 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
4873 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
4874 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
4879 if (!part_of_multiple)
4881 if (b->thread != -1)
4883 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4884 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4885 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
4886 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4888 else if (b->task != 0)
4890 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
4891 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
4895 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4897 if (!part_of_multiple)
4898 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
4900 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
4903 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4904 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
4906 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
4907 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
4908 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4911 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
4914 if (is_tracepoint (b))
4915 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
4917 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
4918 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
4919 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4922 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
4924 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4925 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
4926 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4927 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4930 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
4932 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4933 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
4934 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
4935 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
4936 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
4938 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
4939 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
4940 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4941 if (b->hit_count == 1)
4942 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
4944 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
4947 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
4948 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4949 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4950 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
4951 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4953 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
4956 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
4957 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
4958 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
4961 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
4963 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
4965 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
4967 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
4968 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
4969 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
4973 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
4974 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
4976 struct cleanup *script_chain;
4979 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
4980 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
4981 do_cleanups (script_chain);
4984 if (is_tracepoint (b))
4986 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
4988 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
4990 annotate_field (10);
4991 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
4992 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
4993 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
4997 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
4999 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5001 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5003 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
5005 else if (b->addr_string)
5006 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
5011 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5012 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5015 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
5016 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5018 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
5020 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
5021 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
5023 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5024 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5025 locations, if any. */
5026 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
5028 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5029 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5030 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5033 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5034 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5036 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
5037 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
5039 struct bp_location *loc;
5042 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
5044 struct cleanup *inner2 =
5045 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
5046 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
5047 do_cleanups (inner2);
5054 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
5056 int print_address_bits = 0;
5057 struct bp_location *loc;
5059 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5063 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5064 an address to print. */
5065 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
5068 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5069 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5070 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5073 return print_address_bits;
5076 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5082 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5084 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5085 struct breakpoint *b;
5086 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5090 if (args->bnum == b->number)
5092 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5100 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5101 char **error_message)
5103 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5106 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5108 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5109 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5115 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5116 internal or momentary. */
5119 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5121 return b->number > 0;
5124 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5125 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5126 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5127 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5128 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5129 breakpoints listed. */
5132 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5133 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5135 struct breakpoint *b;
5136 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5137 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5138 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5139 struct value_print_options opts;
5140 int print_address_bits = 0;
5141 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5142 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5144 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5146 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5147 required for address fields. */
5148 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5151 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5152 if (filter && !filter (b))
5155 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5156 accept. Skip the others. */
5157 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5159 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5161 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5165 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5167 int addr_bit, type_len;
5169 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5170 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5171 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5173 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5174 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5175 print_type_col_width = type_len;
5177 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5181 if (opts.addressprint)
5183 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5184 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5188 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5189 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5192 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5193 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5194 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5196 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5197 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5199 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5200 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5201 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5203 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5204 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5206 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5207 if (opts.addressprint)
5209 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5211 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
5212 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
5213 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5215 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
5216 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5218 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5220 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5221 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
5222 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5223 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5228 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5229 if (filter && !filter (b))
5232 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5233 accept. Skip the others. */
5235 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5237 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5239 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5242 else /* all others */
5244 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5248 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5250 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5251 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
5254 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
5256 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5258 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5262 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5263 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5265 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
5266 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5272 if (last_loc && !server_command)
5273 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5276 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5277 there have been breakpoints? */
5278 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5280 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5283 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5284 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5287 default_collect_info (void)
5289 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5291 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5292 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5294 if (!*default_collect)
5297 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5299 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5300 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5301 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5305 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5307 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
5309 default_collect_info ();
5313 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5315 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
5316 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5318 if (num_printed == 0)
5320 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5321 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5323 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
5328 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
5330 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
5332 default_collect_info ();
5336 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
5337 struct program_space *pspace,
5338 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
5340 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
5342 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
5344 if (bl->pspace == pspace
5345 && bl->address == pc
5346 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
5352 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
5353 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5357 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5358 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
5359 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
5362 struct breakpoint *b;
5365 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
5366 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
5370 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5371 else /* if (others == ???) */
5372 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5374 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
5377 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
5378 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
5379 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5380 else if (b->thread != -1)
5381 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
5382 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5383 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
5384 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
5386 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
5390 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
5392 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5393 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
5394 printf_filtered (".\n");
5399 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5400 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5401 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5402 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5404 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5405 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5406 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5407 breakpoint at address zero:
5415 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5417 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
5419 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
5422 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5423 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5426 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5427 struct bp_location *loc2)
5429 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
5430 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
5432 /* Both of them must exist. */
5433 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
5434 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
5436 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5437 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5438 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5439 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5440 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5441 other watchpoint. */
5443 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
5445 loc1->watchpoint_type,
5448 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
5450 loc2->watchpoint_type,
5454 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5455 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5456 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5457 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5458 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5459 become hw_access locations later. */
5460 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
5461 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
5462 && loc1->address == loc2->address
5463 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5466 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5467 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5468 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5469 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5472 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5473 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
5475 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5476 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5480 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5481 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5482 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5483 space doesn't really matter. */
5486 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5487 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
5490 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5491 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5492 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
5495 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5496 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5497 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5498 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5501 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
5502 struct address_space *aspace,
5505 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
5508 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
5509 bl->address, bl->length,
5513 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
5514 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
5515 true, otherwise returns false. */
5518 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5519 struct bp_location *loc2)
5521 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5522 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
5523 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
5524 different locations. */
5525 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
5530 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5531 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5532 represent the same location. */
5535 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5536 struct bp_location *loc2)
5538 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
5540 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5541 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5542 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5544 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
5545 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
5547 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
5550 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5551 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5552 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5554 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5555 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
5556 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
5557 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5561 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
5562 int bnum, int have_bnum)
5564 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5565 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5569 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
5570 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
5572 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5573 bnum, astr1, astr2);
5575 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
5578 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5579 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5580 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5581 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5584 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5585 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
5587 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
5589 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5592 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
5593 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5594 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
5595 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
5596 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
5598 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5599 have their addresses modified. */
5604 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
5606 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5607 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5608 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
5610 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5611 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5613 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
5614 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
5616 return adjusted_bpaddr;
5621 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
5622 struct breakpoint *owner)
5624 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
5626 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5631 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
5634 switch (owner->type)
5640 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5642 case bp_exception_resume:
5643 case bp_step_resume:
5644 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5645 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5647 case bp_std_terminate:
5648 case bp_shlib_event:
5649 case bp_thread_event:
5650 case bp_overlay_event:
5652 case bp_longjmp_master:
5653 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5654 case bp_exception_master:
5655 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5656 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5657 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
5659 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5660 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
5662 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5663 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5664 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5665 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
5670 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5671 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5672 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
5675 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5681 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5683 static struct bp_location *
5684 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5686 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
5690 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
5692 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
5696 /* Increment reference count. */
5699 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
5704 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5705 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5708 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
5710 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
5712 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
5713 free_bp_location (*blp);
5717 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
5720 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
5722 struct breakpoint *b1;
5724 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5725 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5727 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
5729 breakpoint_chain = b;
5738 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
5741 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5742 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5744 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5746 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
5748 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5752 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
5753 b->language = current_language->la_language;
5754 b->input_radix = input_radix;
5756 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5759 b->ignore_count = 0;
5761 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
5762 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
5763 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
5764 b->related_breakpoint = b;
5767 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5768 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5770 static struct breakpoint *
5771 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5773 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5775 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5777 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5778 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5782 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5783 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5787 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
5789 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
5791 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
5792 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
5793 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
5797 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &loc->function_name,
5798 NULL, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
5800 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
5802 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
5804 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
5805 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc->function_name,
5806 &loc->requested_address))
5808 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5809 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
5810 loc->requested_address,
5813 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
5814 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
5816 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5817 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5818 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
5822 if (loc->function_name)
5823 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
5827 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5829 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5832 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
5834 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
5839 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
5840 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
5841 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
5843 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5844 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5845 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
5848 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5849 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5850 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5852 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5854 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
5856 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
5857 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
5859 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
5860 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
5862 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5863 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
5865 breakpoints_changed ();
5868 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5869 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5870 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5871 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5872 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5873 is also returned as the value of this function.
5875 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5876 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5877 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5878 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5879 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5880 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5881 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5884 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5885 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5886 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5888 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5890 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
5891 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5896 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5897 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5899 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
5901 struct bp_location *bl;
5903 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
5905 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
5906 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
5907 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
5908 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
5909 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
5910 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5914 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5915 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
5916 initiated the operation. */
5919 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
5921 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5922 int thread = tp->num;
5924 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5925 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5926 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5927 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5928 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5929 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5930 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
5931 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
5933 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
5934 struct breakpoint *clone;
5936 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
5937 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
5938 clone->thread = thread;
5941 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
5944 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5946 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
5948 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5950 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5951 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
5953 if (b->thread == thread)
5954 delete_breakpoint (b);
5959 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5961 struct breakpoint *b;
5964 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5966 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5967 update_global_location_list (1);
5968 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
5973 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5975 struct breakpoint *b;
5978 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5980 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5981 update_global_location_list (0);
5982 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
5986 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
5987 master breakpoint. */
5989 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5991 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5993 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5994 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5995 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
5997 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
5998 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6002 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6004 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6006 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6008 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6009 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
6010 delete_breakpoint (b);
6014 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6016 struct breakpoint *b;
6018 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
6019 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6021 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6022 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6024 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
6026 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6032 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6034 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6036 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6037 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
6038 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6039 delete_breakpoint (b);
6042 struct lang_and_radix
6048 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6051 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6053 struct breakpoint *b;
6055 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
6056 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6057 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6061 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6064 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6066 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6068 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6069 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
6070 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6071 delete_breakpoint (b);
6075 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6077 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6079 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6080 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
6081 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6082 delete_breakpoint (b);
6086 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6088 struct breakpoint *b;
6090 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
6091 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6092 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6096 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6097 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6100 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6102 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6104 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6106 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6107 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6109 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6110 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6111 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6112 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6113 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6114 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6115 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6116 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6117 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6118 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
6119 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6121 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6123 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6127 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6132 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
6133 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6137 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6139 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6140 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6142 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6143 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6144 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6145 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6146 if (exec_bfd != NULL
6147 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6150 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6152 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6153 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6155 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6156 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6157 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6158 || b->type == bp_jit_event
6159 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6160 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6161 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
6162 || is_tracepoint (b))
6163 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6165 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6166 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6167 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6168 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6171 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6172 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
6174 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6176 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6177 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6178 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6181 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
6186 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6188 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6189 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6190 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
6191 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6192 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6194 struct fork_catchpoint
6196 /* The base class. */
6197 struct breakpoint base;
6199 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6200 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
6201 catchpoint has triggered. */
6202 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
6205 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6209 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6211 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6214 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6218 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6220 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6223 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6227 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6228 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6230 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6232 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &c->forked_inferior_pid);
6235 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6238 static enum print_stop_action
6239 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
6241 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6242 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6243 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
6245 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6246 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6247 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6249 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6250 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6252 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6253 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
6254 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6256 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6257 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
6258 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6259 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6260 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6263 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6267 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6269 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6270 struct value_print_options opts;
6271 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6273 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6275 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6276 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6278 if (opts.addressprint)
6279 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6281 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
6282 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6284 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6285 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6286 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6287 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6291 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6295 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6297 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
6300 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6304 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6306 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
6307 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6310 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6312 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
6314 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6318 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6320 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6323 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6327 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6329 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6332 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6336 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6337 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6339 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6341 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &c->forked_inferior_pid);
6344 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6347 static enum print_stop_action
6348 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
6350 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6351 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6352 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6354 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6355 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6356 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6358 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6359 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6361 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6362 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
6363 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6365 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6366 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
6367 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6368 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6369 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6372 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6376 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6378 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6379 struct value_print_options opts;
6380 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6382 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6383 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6384 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6386 if (opts.addressprint)
6387 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6389 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
6390 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6392 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6393 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6394 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6395 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6399 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6403 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6405 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
6408 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6412 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6414 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
6415 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6418 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6420 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
6422 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
6423 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6424 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6425 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6426 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6428 struct syscall_catchpoint
6430 /* The base class. */
6431 struct breakpoint base;
6433 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
6434 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
6435 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
6436 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
6437 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
6440 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6444 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6446 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6448 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
6450 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6453 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6457 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6459 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6460 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6462 ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
6463 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6464 ++inf->any_syscall_count;
6470 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6475 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6477 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
6478 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6479 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6481 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
6482 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
6484 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
6485 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
6487 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6488 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
6492 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6493 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6494 inf->any_syscall_count,
6495 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6496 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6499 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6503 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6505 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6506 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6508 --inf->total_syscalls_count;
6509 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6510 --inf->any_syscall_count;
6516 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6520 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6521 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6523 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6524 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
6528 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6529 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6530 inf->any_syscall_count,
6531 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6533 inf->syscalls_counts));
6536 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6540 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
6541 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6543 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6544 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6545 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6546 int syscall_number = 0;
6547 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
6548 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6550 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid, &syscall_number))
6553 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6554 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6559 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6561 if (syscall_number == iter)
6571 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6574 static enum print_stop_action
6575 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
6577 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6578 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6579 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6580 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6581 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6582 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6584 struct target_waitstatus last;
6588 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
6590 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
6592 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6594 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6595 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6597 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6598 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6600 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6601 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6602 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6603 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
6604 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6606 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6608 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
6609 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
6611 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
6613 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6614 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
6616 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
6618 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6620 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6623 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6627 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
6628 struct bp_location **last_loc)
6630 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6631 struct value_print_options opts;
6632 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6634 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6635 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6636 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6638 if (opts.addressprint)
6639 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6642 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
6643 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6644 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
6646 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
6648 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6651 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6654 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6659 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6662 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
6664 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
6666 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6667 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
6671 /* Remove the last comma. */
6672 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
6673 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
6676 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
6677 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6680 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6684 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6686 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6688 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6692 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6693 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
6695 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
6698 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6702 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6705 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
6707 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
6709 printf_filtered (")");
6712 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6716 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6720 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6722 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6724 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
6726 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6731 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6736 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6738 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
6740 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
6743 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6746 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6748 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
6750 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6753 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6755 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
6758 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
6759 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
6760 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
6761 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
6764 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6765 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6767 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6769 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6772 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
6774 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
6776 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
6777 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6781 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
6783 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6784 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
6787 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
6790 update_global_location_list (1);
6794 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6795 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6796 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6798 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
6800 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6802 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
6804 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
6807 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6809 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
6810 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6811 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6812 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6813 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6815 struct exec_catchpoint
6817 /* The base class. */
6818 struct breakpoint base;
6820 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
6821 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
6823 char *exec_pathname;
6826 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6830 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6832 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6834 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
6836 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6840 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6842 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6846 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6848 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6852 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
6853 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6855 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6857 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &c->exec_pathname);
6860 static enum print_stop_action
6861 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
6863 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6864 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6865 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6867 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6868 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6869 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6871 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6872 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6874 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6875 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
6876 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6878 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6879 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
6880 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
6881 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6883 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6887 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6889 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6890 struct value_print_options opts;
6891 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6893 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6895 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6896 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6897 is relatively readable). */
6898 if (opts.addressprint)
6899 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6901 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
6902 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
6904 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
6905 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
6906 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6911 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6913 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
6916 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6920 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6922 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
6923 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6926 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
6929 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
6930 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6932 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
6933 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
6935 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
6936 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
6937 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
6939 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
6943 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6946 struct breakpoint *b;
6947 struct bp_location *bl;
6951 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6952 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6954 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
6956 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
6963 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
6967 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
6970 struct bp_location *bl;
6972 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
6975 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6977 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
6979 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
6985 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
6986 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
6987 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
6988 types _not_ TYPE. */
6991 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
6992 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
6995 struct breakpoint *b;
6997 *other_type_used = 0;
7002 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
7005 if (b->type == type)
7006 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
7007 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
7008 *other_type_used = 1;
7015 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
7017 struct breakpoint *b;
7021 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7023 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
7024 update_global_location_list (0);
7030 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
7032 struct breakpoint *b;
7036 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
7038 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7039 update_global_location_list (1);
7045 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
7047 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
7048 update_global_location_list (0);
7052 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7054 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
7055 breakpoint_re_set ();
7059 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7060 at address specified by SAL.
7061 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7064 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
7065 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
7067 struct breakpoint *b;
7069 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7071 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
7073 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7074 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7075 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7076 b->frame_id = frame_id;
7078 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7079 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7081 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7082 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7084 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7089 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
7090 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
7093 static struct breakpoint *
7094 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
7096 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7098 struct breakpoint *copy;
7100 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
7101 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
7102 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
7104 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
7105 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
7106 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
7107 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
7108 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
7110 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
7111 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
7113 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
7114 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
7115 copy->thread = orig->thread;
7116 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
7118 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7119 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7120 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
7122 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7126 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7130 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
7132 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7136 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
7140 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
7143 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7145 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
7147 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
7148 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7150 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
7154 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7157 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
7159 b->ops->print_mention (b);
7160 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
7162 printf_filtered ("\n");
7166 static struct bp_location *
7167 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7168 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7170 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
7171 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
7172 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7174 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
7175 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
7177 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
7178 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
7179 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
7180 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
7181 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
7182 location that's only been partially initialized. */
7183 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
7186 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
7187 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
7191 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
7192 loc->address = adjusted_address;
7193 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
7194 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
7195 loc->section = sal->section;
7196 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
7198 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
7199 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
7200 loc->line_number = sal->line;
7202 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
7203 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
7208 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7209 return 0 otherwise. */
7212 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
7216 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
7217 gdb_byte *target_mem;
7218 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7221 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
7223 addr = loc->address;
7224 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
7226 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7230 target_mem = alloca (len);
7232 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7233 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7234 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7235 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7237 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
7238 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7240 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
7241 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
7244 do_cleanups (cleanup);
7251 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7252 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7253 as condition expression. */
7256 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7257 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7258 char *filter, char *cond_string,
7259 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7260 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7261 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7262 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7266 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7268 int target_resources_ok;
7270 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7271 target_resources_ok =
7272 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7274 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7275 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7276 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7277 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7280 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
7282 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7284 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
7285 struct bp_location *loc;
7289 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
7291 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
7293 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
7294 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
7299 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
7303 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7304 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7305 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7306 b->disposition = disposition;
7308 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
7310 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
7311 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
7313 if (strace_marker_p (b))
7315 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7316 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7317 char *p = &addr_string[3];
7321 p = skip_spaces (p);
7323 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7325 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7326 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
7328 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7330 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7332 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
7334 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
7335 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
7337 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7339 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7342 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7343 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7350 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7353 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
7354 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7358 char *arg = b->cond_string;
7359 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
7361 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
7365 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
7367 b->addr_string = addr_string;
7369 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7372 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7377 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7378 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7379 char *filter, char *cond_string,
7380 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7381 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7382 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7383 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7385 struct breakpoint *b;
7386 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7388 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
7390 struct tracepoint *t;
7392 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
7396 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7398 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
7400 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
7402 filter, cond_string,
7404 thread, task, ignore_count,
7406 enabled, internal, display_canonical);
7407 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
7409 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
7412 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7413 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7414 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7415 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7416 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7417 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7418 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7419 we take just a single condition string.
7421 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7422 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7423 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7424 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7425 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7428 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7429 struct linespec_result *canonical,
7431 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7432 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7433 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7434 int enabled, int internal)
7437 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
7439 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
7440 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
7442 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
7444 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
7445 'break', without arguments. */
7446 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
7447 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
7449 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
7450 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
7452 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
7453 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
7456 cond_string, type, disposition,
7457 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7458 from_tty, enabled, internal,
7459 canonical->special_display);
7460 discard_cleanups (inner);
7464 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7465 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7466 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7467 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7469 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7470 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7473 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
7474 struct linespec_result *canonical)
7476 char *addr_start = *address;
7478 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7480 if ((*address) == NULL
7481 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
7483 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
7485 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7487 struct linespec_sals lsal;
7488 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7490 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7491 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
7492 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7494 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
7495 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
7496 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
7497 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
7499 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7500 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
7501 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
7502 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
7503 instances with the same symtab and line. */
7504 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7506 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
7507 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
7508 lsal.canonical = NULL;
7510 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
7513 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7517 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7518 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7519 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7520 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone. */
7521 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7522 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
7523 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
7524 get_last_displayed_line (),
7525 canonical, NULL, NULL);
7527 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
7528 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
7529 canonical, NULL, NULL);
7534 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7535 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7538 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7542 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7543 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
7546 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7547 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7548 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7549 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7550 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7554 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7555 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7558 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
7560 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7562 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7564 struct gdbarch *sarch;
7566 sal = &sals->sals[i];
7568 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7569 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
7570 associated with SAL. */
7573 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
7575 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
7578 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7579 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
7581 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7585 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7586 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7587 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7588 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7589 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7590 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7592 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
7593 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
7595 *cond_string = NULL;
7601 char *cond_start = NULL;
7602 char *cond_end = NULL;
7604 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
7606 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
7608 toklen = end_tok - tok;
7610 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
7612 struct expression *expr;
7614 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
7615 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
7618 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
7619 cond_end - cond_start);
7621 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
7627 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7629 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7630 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
7631 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
7633 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
7639 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7641 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7642 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
7643 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
7646 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7650 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7652 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7653 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
7655 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
7656 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7657 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7659 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7660 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
7665 p = skip_spaces (p);
7667 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7669 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7670 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
7672 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
7673 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
7674 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
7676 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
7677 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
7679 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7681 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
7683 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
7685 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
7687 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
7688 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
7690 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
7693 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7699 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7700 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7701 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7702 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7703 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
7704 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
7705 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
7706 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
7707 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
7711 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7712 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
7713 int parse_condition_and_thread,
7714 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
7716 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
7717 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
7718 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal)
7720 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
7721 char *copy_arg = NULL;
7722 char *addr_start = arg;
7723 struct linespec_result canonical;
7724 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7725 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
7729 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
7731 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7733 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
7735 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
7737 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
7738 addr_start, ©_arg);
7741 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
7745 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
7751 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
7753 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
7756 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
7757 throw_exception (e);
7759 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
7761 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
7762 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
7763 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
7764 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
7765 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
7768 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
7769 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
7770 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
7771 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
7773 struct linespec_sals lsal;
7775 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
7776 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
7777 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
7778 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
7779 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
7781 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
7785 throw_exception (e);
7789 throw_exception (e);
7792 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
7793 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
7795 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
7796 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
7797 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
7798 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
7799 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
7801 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
7802 are ok for the target. */
7806 struct linespec_sals *iter;
7808 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
7809 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
7812 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
7813 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
7816 struct linespec_sals *iter;
7818 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
7819 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
7822 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
7823 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
7827 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
7829 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
7831 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
7833 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
7834 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
7835 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
7836 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
7839 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
7842 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
7846 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
7849 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
7850 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
7854 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
7855 cond_string, type_wanted,
7856 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
7857 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7858 from_tty, enabled, internal);
7862 struct breakpoint *b;
7864 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
7866 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
7868 struct tracepoint *t;
7870 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
7874 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7876 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
7878 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
7879 b->cond_string = NULL;
7880 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7881 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
7882 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
7883 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7884 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
7885 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
7886 b->pspace = current_program_space;
7888 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
7891 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
7893 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
7894 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
7895 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
7898 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
7900 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
7901 /* But cleanup everything else. */
7902 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7904 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
7905 update_global_location_list (1);
7910 /* Set a breakpoint.
7911 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
7912 condition, and thread.
7913 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
7914 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
7918 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
7920 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
7921 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
7922 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
7925 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
7927 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
7928 tempflag, type_wanted,
7929 0 /* Ignore count */,
7930 pending_break_support,
7931 &bkpt_breakpoint_ops,
7937 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
7940 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7944 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
7946 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
7947 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
7948 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
7951 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
7952 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7953 if (sal->explicit_line)
7954 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
7957 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
7959 struct blockvector *bv;
7963 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
7966 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
7969 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
7970 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
7974 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
7975 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
7976 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
7977 happen in assembly source). */
7979 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
7980 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7982 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
7984 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
7986 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
7988 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7995 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7997 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8001 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8003 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
8007 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8009 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
8013 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8015 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
8019 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8021 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8022 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8023 stop at <line>\n"));
8027 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8031 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
8033 else if (*arg != '*')
8038 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8039 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8040 function/method name. */
8041 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8043 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8048 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8050 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
8054 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8056 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8060 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8064 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
8071 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8072 it is probably a line number. */
8073 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8075 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8080 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
8082 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
8086 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8088 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8091 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8092 ranged breakpoints. */
8095 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8096 struct address_space *aspace,
8099 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
8100 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
8103 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8104 ranged breakpoints. */
8107 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8109 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8112 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8113 ranged breakpoints. */
8115 static enum print_stop_action
8116 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
8118 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8119 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8120 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8122 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8124 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8125 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8127 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
8128 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8129 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8131 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8132 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8134 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8135 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
8136 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8138 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8139 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
8141 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8144 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8145 ranged breakpoints. */
8148 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8149 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8151 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8152 struct value_print_options opts;
8153 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8155 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8156 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8158 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8160 if (opts.addressprint)
8161 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8162 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8163 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8165 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
8169 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8170 ranged breakpoints. */
8173 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8174 struct ui_out *uiout)
8176 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
8177 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8178 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8179 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8183 address_start = bl->address;
8184 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
8186 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
8187 fprintf_unfiltered (stb->stream, "[%s, %s]",
8188 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
8189 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
8190 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
8191 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8193 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8196 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8197 ranged breakpoints. */
8200 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8202 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8203 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8206 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8208 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8211 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8212 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
8213 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
8216 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8217 ranged breakpoints. */
8220 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8222 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
8223 b->addr_string_range_end);
8224 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8227 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8229 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
8231 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8232 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8233 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8234 last instruction of the given line. */
8237 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
8241 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8242 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8243 if (sal.explicit_pc)
8250 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
8252 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8254 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8261 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8264 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8266 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
8267 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
8268 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
8270 struct breakpoint *b;
8271 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
8272 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
8273 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
8275 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8276 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8277 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8279 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8280 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8281 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8284 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8286 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8287 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
8288 error(_("No address range specified."));
8290 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8293 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
8295 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8298 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8299 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
8300 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8302 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
8304 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
8305 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
8306 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8308 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
8309 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8310 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
8312 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
8313 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8315 /* Parse the end location. */
8317 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8320 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
8321 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8322 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8323 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8324 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8325 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
8326 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
8327 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
8329 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8331 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
8332 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8334 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
8335 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
8336 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
8337 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8339 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
8340 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8341 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
8343 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
8344 if (sal_start.pc > end)
8345 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
8347 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
8349 /* Length overflowed. */
8350 error (_("Address range too large."));
8351 else if (length == 1)
8353 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8354 the `hbreak' command. */
8355 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
8357 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8362 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8363 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
8364 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
8365 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
8366 b->number = breakpoint_count;
8367 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8368 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
8369 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
8370 b->loc->length = length;
8372 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8375 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8376 update_global_location_list (1);
8379 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8380 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8381 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8384 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
8392 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8393 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
8396 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
8406 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
8407 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
8408 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
8409 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
8410 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
8412 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
8428 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
8440 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
8443 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
8444 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
8447 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8448 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8449 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8450 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8452 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8453 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8458 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8460 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8461 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8462 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8463 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8465 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8466 are always constant. */
8468 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
8470 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
8471 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
8472 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
8477 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8478 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8479 then it is not a constant. */
8488 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8491 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
8493 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
8495 xfree (w->cond_exp);
8497 xfree (w->exp_string);
8498 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
8499 value_free (w->val);
8501 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
8504 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8507 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8509 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8511 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
8512 variables, or it can be on local variables.
8514 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
8515 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
8516 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
8517 are loaded and unloaded.
8519 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
8520 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
8521 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
8522 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
8523 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
8524 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
8526 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
8527 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
8528 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
8529 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
8531 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
8532 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
8534 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
8535 reevaluated again when enabled. */
8536 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
8539 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8542 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8544 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8545 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8547 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8551 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8554 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8556 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8557 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8559 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8564 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8565 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
8567 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
8568 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8570 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
8571 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
8572 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
8573 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
8574 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
8575 (did not match the data address). */
8576 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
8577 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
8584 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8586 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
8588 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
8591 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8592 hardware watchpoints. */
8595 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8597 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8598 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8600 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
8603 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8604 hardware watchpoints. */
8607 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8609 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
8610 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
8613 static enum print_stop_action
8614 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8616 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8617 struct breakpoint *b;
8618 const struct bp_location *bl;
8619 struct ui_stream *stb;
8620 enum print_stop_action result;
8621 struct watchpoint *w;
8622 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8624 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
8626 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
8627 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8628 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8630 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8631 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8636 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8637 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8638 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8641 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8643 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8644 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
8645 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
8646 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
8647 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
8648 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8649 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
8650 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8651 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8652 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8655 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8656 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8659 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8661 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8662 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
8663 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8664 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
8665 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8666 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8669 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8670 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
8672 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8673 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8676 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8678 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8679 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
8680 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
8681 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
8682 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
8687 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8690 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8691 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8692 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
8694 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8695 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
8696 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8697 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8700 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8703 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8707 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
8711 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8713 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
8714 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8715 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8720 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
8721 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8723 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8724 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
8725 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8727 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8728 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
8729 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
8731 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8732 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8733 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
8736 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8737 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8740 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
8741 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
8742 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
8743 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
8746 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8750 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8752 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8757 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8758 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
8760 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8761 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
8763 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8764 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
8767 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8768 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
8771 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
8772 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8775 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8777 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
8779 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8780 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8783 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8785 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8787 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
8788 bl->watchpoint_type);
8791 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
8792 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8795 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8797 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8799 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
8800 bl->watchpoint_type);
8803 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8804 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8807 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8809 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8811 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
8814 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8815 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8818 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8823 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8824 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8826 static enum print_stop_action
8827 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8829 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8830 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8832 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8833 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
8837 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8838 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8839 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8842 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8845 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8846 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8849 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8852 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8853 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8856 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8859 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8860 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8864 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
8865 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
8866 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
8867 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8869 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8870 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8873 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8874 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8877 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8878 struct ui_out *uiout)
8880 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8882 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8883 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
8885 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
8886 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
8887 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8890 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8891 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8894 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8896 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8897 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8898 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
8902 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8903 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
8904 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8906 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8907 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
8908 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
8910 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8911 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8912 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
8915 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8916 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8919 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
8920 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
8921 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
8922 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
8925 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8926 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8929 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8931 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8936 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8937 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
8939 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8940 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
8942 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8943 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
8946 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8947 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8950 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
8951 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
8952 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8955 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
8957 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
8959 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
8962 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8964 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
8967 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
8968 hw_read: watch read,
8969 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
8971 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
8972 int just_location, int internal)
8974 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
8975 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
8976 struct expression *exp;
8977 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
8978 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
8979 struct frame_info *frame;
8980 char *exp_start = NULL;
8981 char *exp_end = NULL;
8982 char *tok, *end_tok;
8984 char *cond_start = NULL;
8985 char *cond_end = NULL;
8986 enum bptype bp_type;
8989 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
8990 the hardware watchpoint. */
8993 struct watchpoint *w;
8995 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
8996 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
9000 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9001 of the arguments string. */
9002 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
9004 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9005 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9008 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9009 This is the value of the parameter. */
9010 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9012 value_start = tok + 1;
9014 /* Skip whitespace. */
9015 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9020 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9021 This is the parameter itself. */
9022 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9025 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
9027 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
9029 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9030 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9031 only in a specific thread. */
9035 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9037 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9038 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
9040 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9042 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
9043 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
9045 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9046 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
9047 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
9049 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
9051 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9052 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9054 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
9057 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9059 use_mask = just_location = 1;
9061 mark = value_mark ();
9062 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
9063 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
9064 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9067 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9070 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9071 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9076 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9077 innermost_block = NULL;
9079 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
9081 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9082 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9084 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
9087 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9088 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
9092 len = exp_end - exp_start;
9093 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
9095 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
9098 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9099 mark = value_mark ();
9100 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
9106 exp_valid_block = NULL;
9107 val = value_addr (result);
9108 release_value (val);
9109 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9113 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
9116 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9118 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9121 else if (val != NULL)
9122 release_value (val);
9124 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
9125 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9127 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9128 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9130 struct expression *cond;
9132 innermost_block = NULL;
9133 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9134 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
9136 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9137 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9138 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9144 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9146 if (accessflag == hw_read)
9147 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
9148 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
9149 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
9151 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
9153 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
9155 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9156 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9157 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9158 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9159 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
9161 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9164 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9165 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
9166 bp_watchpoint_scope,
9167 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9169 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9171 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9172 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
9174 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9175 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
9177 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9178 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
9179 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
9180 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
9181 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9182 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
9183 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
9184 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
9185 scope_breakpoint->type);
9189 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9191 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
9194 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9195 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9197 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9198 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9200 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9201 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9203 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
9204 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
9207 struct type *t = value_type (val);
9208 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
9211 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
9212 name = type_to_string (t);
9214 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
9215 core_addr_to_string (addr));
9218 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9219 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
9221 /* The above expression is in C. */
9222 b->language = language_c;
9225 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
9229 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
9238 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9244 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
9245 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
9249 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
9250 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
9253 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
9255 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9256 need to act on them together. */
9257 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
9258 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
9262 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9264 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9266 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9267 that should be inserted. */
9268 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
9272 delete_breakpoint (b);
9273 throw_exception (e);
9276 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
9279 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9280 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9283 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
9285 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
9286 struct value *head = v;
9288 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9289 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
9292 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9293 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9294 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9295 hardware watchpoint.
9297 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9298 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9299 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9300 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9301 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9302 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9303 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9304 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9305 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9307 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9308 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9309 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9310 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9311 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
9313 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
9315 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
9316 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9317 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9318 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9319 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9320 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9324 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9325 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9326 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
9328 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9329 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9330 middle of some value chain. */
9332 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9333 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
9335 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
9339 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
9340 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
9341 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
9343 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
9347 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
9351 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
9352 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
9353 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9354 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
9355 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9358 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9359 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9360 return found_memory_cnt;
9364 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9366 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
9369 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9370 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9371 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9372 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9375 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
9377 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
9378 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
9386 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9387 calls watch_command_1. */
9390 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
9392 int just_location = 0;
9395 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9396 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9398 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9402 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
9406 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9408 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
9412 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9414 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
9418 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9420 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
9424 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9426 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
9430 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9432 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
9436 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9437 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9439 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9441 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9442 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
9446 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9447 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9448 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9451 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
9453 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
9455 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
9457 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
9458 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
9462 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
9464 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9465 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9466 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
9467 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9468 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
9469 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9471 struct thread_info *tp;
9473 clear_proceed_status ();
9475 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9478 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9479 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9480 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9481 get_last_displayed_line ());
9483 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9484 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
9486 if (sals.nelts != 1)
9487 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9490 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9493 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9495 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9498 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9499 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9500 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9501 null_frame_id, bp_until);
9503 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9504 only at the very same frame. */
9505 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9506 get_stack_frame_id (frame),
9509 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
9511 tp = inferior_thread ();
9514 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9517 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9519 sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
9520 sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9521 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9523 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame),
9525 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
9527 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame));
9528 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
9531 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
9533 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9534 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9535 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9536 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9538 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
9540 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
9541 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
9543 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
9544 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
9545 args->thread_num = thread;
9547 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9548 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9549 until_break_command_continuation, args,
9553 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9556 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9557 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9559 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9560 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9561 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9562 if clause in the arg string. */
9565 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
9569 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
9572 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9575 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9576 condition string. */
9577 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
9580 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9582 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
9587 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9588 process start/exit, etc. */
9592 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
9593 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
9598 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9599 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9601 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9602 char *cond_string = NULL;
9603 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
9606 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
9607 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
9608 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
9612 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9614 /* The allowed syntax is:
9616 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9618 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9619 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9621 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9622 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9624 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9625 and enable reporting of such events. */
9628 case catch_fork_temporary:
9629 case catch_fork_permanent:
9630 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9631 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
9633 case catch_vfork_temporary:
9634 case catch_vfork_permanent:
9635 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9636 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
9639 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9645 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9646 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9648 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
9649 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9651 char *cond_string = NULL;
9653 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9657 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9659 /* The allowed syntax is:
9661 catch exec if <cond>
9663 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9664 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9666 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9667 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9669 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
9670 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9671 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
9672 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
9674 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
9677 static enum print_stop_action
9678 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
9680 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9681 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9682 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
9684 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
9686 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9687 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
9688 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
9691 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9693 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
9695 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9696 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9698 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
9699 : " (exception caught), ");
9700 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9702 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9703 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9704 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9705 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9707 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9711 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9712 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9714 struct value_print_options opts;
9715 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9717 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9718 if (opts.addressprint)
9721 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
9722 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9724 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
9725 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
9730 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
9731 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
9733 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
9737 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9739 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9743 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9744 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9745 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9746 : _("Catchpoint "));
9747 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9748 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
9752 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9753 catch catchpoints. */
9756 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9762 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9763 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9764 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9765 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
9766 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9769 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
9772 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
9773 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
9775 char *trigger_func_name;
9777 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9778 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
9780 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
9782 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9783 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
9784 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9785 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
9787 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
9788 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
9795 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
9798 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
9799 int tempflag, int from_tty)
9801 char *cond_string = NULL;
9805 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9807 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9809 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9810 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9812 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
9813 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9814 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
9816 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
9819 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
9822 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
9825 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9827 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9829 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9832 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
9835 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9837 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9839 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9843 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9844 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9845 struct symtab_and_line sal,
9847 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9853 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9855 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9857 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9858 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
9859 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
9860 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
9861 used for different exception names will use the same address.
9862 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
9863 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
9864 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
9865 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
9866 enough for now, though. */
9869 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
9871 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9872 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9873 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9874 b->language = language_ada;
9877 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
9878 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
9880 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
9882 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
9883 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
9885 while (*arg != '\0')
9887 int i, syscall_number;
9892 /* Skip whitespace. */
9893 while (isspace (*arg))
9896 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
9897 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
9901 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
9902 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
9903 if (*endptr == '\0')
9904 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
9907 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
9909 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
9911 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
9912 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
9913 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
9914 syscall number to be caught. */
9915 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
9918 /* Ok, it's valid. */
9919 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
9922 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
9926 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
9929 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9930 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9935 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9937 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
9938 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
9939 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
9940 this architecture yet."));
9942 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9944 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9946 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
9947 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
9948 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
9949 for his/her architecture. */
9950 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
9952 /* The allowed syntax is:
9954 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
9956 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
9959 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
9963 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
9964 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
9968 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9970 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
9975 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9977 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
9980 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
9983 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
9985 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
9986 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
9987 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
9988 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
9990 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
9992 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
9995 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
9999 return ub > ub ? 1 : 0;
10002 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10005 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10007 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
10008 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
10011 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10012 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10014 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
10018 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
10019 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
10024 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
10025 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
10026 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
10027 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10029 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
10030 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
10031 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
10032 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
10033 if (sal.symtab == 0)
10034 error (_("No source file specified."));
10036 sals.sals[0] = sal;
10042 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10043 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10044 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10045 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10047 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10048 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10049 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10050 due to optimization, all in one block.
10052 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10053 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10054 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10055 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10056 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10057 to support that. */
10059 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10060 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10061 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10065 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
10066 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
10068 int is_abs, sal_name_len;
10070 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10071 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10072 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10075 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10080 1 0 <can't happen> */
10082 sal = sals.sals[i];
10083 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
10084 sal_name_len = is_abs ? 0 : strlen (sal.symtab->filename);
10086 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10087 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10090 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10091 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
10093 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10094 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10096 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
10097 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
10098 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
10100 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
10101 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
10102 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
10103 || loc->section == sal.section));
10104 int line_match = 0;
10106 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
10107 && loc->source_file != NULL
10108 && sal.symtab != NULL
10109 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
10110 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
10112 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
10113 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
10115 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
10116 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
10117 sal.symtab->filename,
10122 if (pc_match || line_match)
10131 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
10135 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10136 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
10139 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
10141 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10144 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
10145 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
10146 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
10147 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
10148 compare_breakpoints);
10149 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
10150 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
10154 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
10159 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
10160 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10163 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
10164 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10166 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10168 breakpoints_changed ();
10170 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
10173 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
10174 delete_breakpoint (b);
10177 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10179 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10182 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10183 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10184 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10187 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
10189 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10191 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
10192 if (bs->breakpoint_at
10193 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
10195 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
10197 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10199 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
10200 delete_breakpoint (b);
10204 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10205 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10206 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10207 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10208 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10209 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
10212 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
10214 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
10215 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
10216 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10217 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10218 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10220 if (a->address != b->address)
10221 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
10223 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10224 if (a_perm != b_perm)
10225 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
10227 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10228 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10230 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
10231 return (a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
10232 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number);
10234 return (a > b) - (a < b);
10237 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10238 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10239 content of the bp_location array. */
10242 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10244 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10246 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
10247 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
10249 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10251 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
10253 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
10256 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
10257 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
10259 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
10260 addr = bl->address - start;
10261 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
10262 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
10264 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10266 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
10267 addr = end - bl->address;
10268 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
10269 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
10273 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
10276 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
10278 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10279 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10281 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
10284 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10286 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10288 struct tracepoint *t;
10290 if (!is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
10293 if ((bl->owner->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
10294 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
10295 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
10298 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
10299 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
10300 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
10301 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
10304 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
10306 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
10309 t = (struct tracepoint *) bl->owner;
10310 t->number_on_target = bl->owner->number;
10313 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10316 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
10319 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
10321 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
10322 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
10323 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
10325 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
10326 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
10327 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
10328 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
10329 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
10331 left->inserted = right->inserted;
10332 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
10333 left->target_info = right->target_info;
10334 right->inserted = left_inserted;
10335 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
10336 right->target_info = left_target_info;
10339 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10340 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10341 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10342 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10343 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10344 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10345 returns true on them.
10347 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10348 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10349 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10350 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10351 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10352 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10355 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
10357 struct breakpoint *b;
10358 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
10359 struct cleanup *cleanups;
10361 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10362 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10363 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10364 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10365 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10367 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
10368 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
10369 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
10370 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
10372 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10373 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10374 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
10375 unsigned old_location_count;
10377 old_location = bp_location;
10378 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
10379 bp_location = NULL;
10380 bp_location_count = 0;
10381 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
10383 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10384 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10385 bp_location_count++;
10387 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
10388 locp = bp_location;
10389 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10390 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10392 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
10393 bp_location_compare);
10395 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10397 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10398 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10399 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10400 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10401 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10404 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10405 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10407 locp = bp_location;
10408 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
10411 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
10412 struct bp_location **loc2p;
10414 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
10415 not, we have to free it. */
10416 int found_object = 0;
10417 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10418 int keep_in_target = 0;
10421 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10422 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10423 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
10424 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
10428 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10429 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10432 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
10439 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10440 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10441 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10442 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10443 at certain location is not inserted. */
10445 if (old_loc->inserted)
10447 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10450 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
10452 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10453 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10454 keep_in_target = 1;
10458 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10459 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10460 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10461 this one from the target. */
10463 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10464 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
10467 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10468 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10471 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
10473 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
10475 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10476 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10477 supported, but the latter are. */
10478 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10480 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
10481 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
10484 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
10485 if it should be inserted in case it will be
10487 if (loc2 != old_loc
10488 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
10490 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
10491 keep_in_target = 1;
10499 if (!keep_in_target)
10501 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
10503 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10504 this location on the global list, and try to
10505 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10506 reason why we will succeed next time.
10508 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10509 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10510 only after calling us. */
10511 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10512 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10513 old_loc->owner->number);
10521 if (removed && non_stop
10522 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
10523 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10525 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10526 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10527 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10528 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10529 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10530 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10531 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10532 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10533 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10534 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10535 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10536 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10537 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10538 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10541 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10542 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10544 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10545 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10546 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10547 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10548 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10549 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10550 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10551 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10552 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10553 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10554 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10555 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10556 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10559 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10560 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10561 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10562 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10564 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10565 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10566 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10567 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10568 traps we can no longer explain. */
10570 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10571 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10573 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
10577 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10578 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
10583 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10584 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10585 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10586 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10587 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10588 are sorted first for the same address.
10590 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10591 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10593 bp_loc_first = NULL;
10594 wp_loc_first = NULL;
10595 awp_loc_first = NULL;
10596 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
10597 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
10599 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10601 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
10604 if (!should_be_inserted (loc)
10605 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
10606 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
10607 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
10608 `struct bp_location'. */
10609 || is_tracepoint (b))
10612 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10613 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
10614 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10615 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10616 "actually inserted"));
10618 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
10619 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
10620 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
10621 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
10622 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
10623 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
10625 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
10627 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
10628 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
10629 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
10631 *loc_first_p = loc;
10632 loc->duplicate = 0;
10637 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
10638 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
10639 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
10641 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
10642 loc->duplicate = 1;
10644 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
10645 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
10646 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10647 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10648 "a permanent breakpoint"));
10651 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10652 && (have_live_inferiors ()
10653 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
10654 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10657 download_tracepoint_locations ();
10659 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10663 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10665 struct bp_location *loc;
10668 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
10669 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
10671 decref_bp_location (&loc);
10672 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
10678 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
10680 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10682 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
10683 update_global_location_list (inserting);
10686 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10689 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
10693 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
10694 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
10696 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
10697 bs->old_val = NULL;
10698 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10702 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10704 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
10706 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
10708 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
10712 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
10716 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
10718 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10719 struct value_print_options opts;
10721 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10723 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
10725 if (b->loc == NULL)
10727 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
10731 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
10733 printf_filtered (" at ");
10734 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
10737 if (b->loc->source_file)
10739 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
10741 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
10742 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
10743 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
10745 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
10746 different file name, and this at least reflects the
10747 real situation somewhat. */
10748 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
10753 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10755 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10757 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
10762 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
10765 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
10767 xfree (self->cond);
10768 xfree (self->function_name);
10769 xfree (self->source_file);
10772 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
10777 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
10781 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
10783 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
10784 xfree (self->cond_string);
10785 xfree (self->addr_string);
10786 xfree (self->filter);
10787 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
10790 static struct bp_location *
10791 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
10793 struct bp_location *loc;
10795 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
10796 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
10801 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
10803 /* Nothing to re-set. */
10806 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
10807 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
10810 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10812 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10816 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10818 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10822 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
10823 struct address_space *aspace,
10826 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10830 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
10835 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10839 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
10841 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10844 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10848 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
10850 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10853 static enum print_stop_action
10854 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
10856 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10860 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
10861 struct ui_out *uiout)
10867 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
10869 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10873 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10875 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10879 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
10880 struct linespec_result *canonical,
10881 enum bptype type_wanted,
10885 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10889 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
10890 struct linespec_result *c,
10891 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
10893 enum bptype type_wanted,
10894 enum bpdisp disposition,
10896 int task, int ignore_count,
10897 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
10898 int from_tty, int enabled,
10901 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10905 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
10906 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
10908 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10911 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
10913 base_breakpoint_dtor,
10914 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
10915 base_breakpoint_re_set,
10916 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
10917 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
10918 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
10919 base_breakpoint_check_status,
10920 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
10921 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
10922 base_breakpoint_print_it,
10924 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
10925 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
10926 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
10927 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
10928 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
10929 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
10932 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
10935 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
10937 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
10938 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
10940 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
10941 delete_breakpoint (b);
10945 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
10949 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10951 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
10952 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
10955 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
10960 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10962 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
10963 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
10965 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
10969 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
10970 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
10972 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10974 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10978 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
10979 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
10980 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
10987 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
10989 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10994 static enum print_stop_action
10995 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
10997 struct breakpoint *b;
10998 const struct bp_location *bl;
11000 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11002 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
11004 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
11005 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11007 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11008 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
11009 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
11012 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
11014 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
11016 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
11017 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11019 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11020 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11021 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11023 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11024 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
11026 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11030 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11032 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11037 case bp_breakpoint:
11038 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
11039 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
11040 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
11042 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
11043 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11044 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
11045 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
11047 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
11048 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
11056 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
11058 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11059 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
11060 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
11061 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
11062 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
11063 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11064 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
11065 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
11066 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
11068 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11069 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
11071 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
11072 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
11076 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11077 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11078 enum bptype type_wanted,
11079 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11081 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
11082 addr_start, copy_arg);
11086 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11087 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11088 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11090 enum bptype type_wanted,
11091 enum bpdisp disposition,
11093 int task, int ignore_count,
11094 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11095 int from_tty, int enabled,
11098 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
11099 cond_string, type_wanted,
11100 disposition, thread, task,
11101 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
11102 enabled, internal);
11106 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11107 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11109 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
11112 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
11115 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11119 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
11120 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11121 case bp_overlay_event:
11122 case bp_longjmp_master:
11123 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11124 case bp_exception_master:
11125 delete_breakpoint (b);
11128 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11129 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11130 case bp_shlib_event:
11132 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
11133 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11134 case bp_thread_event:
11140 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11142 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
11144 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
11145 events. This allows the user to get control and place
11146 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
11147 objects (among other things). */
11148 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
11149 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
11155 static enum print_stop_action
11156 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11158 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11159 struct breakpoint *b;
11161 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11165 case bp_shlib_event:
11166 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
11167 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
11168 to shlib event" message.) */
11169 ui_out_text (uiout, _("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
11170 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11171 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11172 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
11175 case bp_thread_event:
11176 /* Not sure how we will get here.
11177 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
11178 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11181 case bp_overlay_event:
11182 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
11183 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11186 case bp_longjmp_master:
11187 /* These should never be enabled. */
11188 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11191 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11192 /* These should never be enabled. */
11193 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
11194 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11197 case bp_exception_master:
11198 /* These should never be enabled. */
11199 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
11200 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11204 return PRINT_NOTHING;
11208 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11210 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11213 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
11216 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11218 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
11219 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
11220 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
11221 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
11225 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11227 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
11230 static enum print_stop_action
11231 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11233 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11235 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11237 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11242 ui_out_field_string
11244 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
11248 ui_out_field_string
11250 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
11255 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11259 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11261 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11264 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
11267 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11269 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
11273 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11274 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
11276 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
11282 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
11283 struct ui_out *uiout)
11285 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11286 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
11288 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
11290 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
11291 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
11292 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11293 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11298 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11300 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11305 case bp_tracepoint:
11306 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
11307 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11309 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
11310 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
11311 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11313 case bp_static_tracepoint:
11314 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
11315 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11318 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11319 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
11326 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
11328 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11330 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
11331 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
11332 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
11333 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
11334 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
11335 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
11337 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11338 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
11340 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
11341 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
11343 if (tp->pass_count)
11344 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
11348 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11349 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11350 enum bptype type_wanted,
11351 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11353 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
11354 addr_start, copy_arg);
11358 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11359 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11360 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11362 enum bptype type_wanted,
11363 enum bpdisp disposition,
11365 int task, int ignore_count,
11366 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11367 int from_tty, int enabled,
11370 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
11371 cond_string, type_wanted,
11372 disposition, thread, task,
11373 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
11374 enabled, internal);
11378 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11379 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11381 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
11384 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
11386 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
11390 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11391 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11392 enum bptype type_wanted,
11393 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11395 struct linespec_sals lsal;
11397 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
11399 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
11401 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
11402 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
11403 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
11407 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11408 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11409 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11411 enum bptype type_wanted,
11412 enum bpdisp disposition,
11414 int task, int ignore_count,
11415 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11416 int from_tty, int enabled,
11421 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
11422 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
11423 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
11424 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
11425 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
11426 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
11428 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
11430 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
11431 struct tracepoint *tp;
11432 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11435 expanded.nelts = 1;
11436 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
11438 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
11439 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
11441 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
11442 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
11444 cond_string, type_wanted, disposition,
11445 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
11446 from_tty, enabled, internal,
11447 canonical->special_display);
11448 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
11449 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
11450 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
11451 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
11452 try to match up which of the newly found markers
11453 corresponds to this one */
11454 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
11456 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
11458 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11463 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11464 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11466 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11468 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
11469 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
11471 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
11475 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11478 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
11481 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
11483 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
11486 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
11490 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11492 struct breakpoint *b;
11494 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
11496 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
11497 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
11500 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
11501 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
11502 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
11503 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
11504 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
11507 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
11508 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
11509 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
11510 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
11512 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
11515 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
11516 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
11517 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
11519 struct breakpoint *related;
11520 struct watchpoint *w;
11522 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11523 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
11524 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11525 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
11529 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
11531 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
11532 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
11533 related = related->related_breakpoint);
11534 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
11535 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
11538 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
11539 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
11540 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
11541 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
11543 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
11545 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
11546 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
11548 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11549 if (b->next == bpt)
11551 b->next = bpt->next;
11555 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
11557 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
11558 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
11559 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
11560 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
11561 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
11562 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
11563 commands won't work. */
11565 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
11567 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
11568 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
11569 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
11570 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
11571 might be better design to have location completely
11572 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
11573 update_global_location_list (0);
11575 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
11576 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
11577 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
11578 bpt->type = bp_none;
11583 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
11585 delete_breakpoint (b);
11589 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11591 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
11594 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
11595 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
11598 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
11599 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
11603 struct breakpoint *related;
11608 struct breakpoint *next;
11610 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
11611 next = related->related_breakpoint;
11613 if (next == related)
11615 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
11616 function (related, data);
11618 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
11619 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
11624 function (related, data);
11628 while (related != b);
11632 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11634 delete_breakpoint (b);
11637 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11638 delete_breakpoint. */
11641 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11643 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11647 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11649 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11655 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
11657 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
11658 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
11659 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
11660 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11661 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
11663 breaks_to_delete = 1;
11667 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
11669 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
11671 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11672 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
11673 delete_breakpoint (b);
11677 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11681 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
11683 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11684 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
11685 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
11690 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
11691 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
11692 Null names are ignored. */
11695 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
11697 struct bp_location *l;
11698 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
11699 (int (*) (const void *,
11700 const void *)) streq,
11701 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
11703 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
11706 const char *name = l->function_name;
11708 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
11712 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
11714 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
11718 htab_delete (htab);
11724 htab_delete (htab);
11728 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
11729 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
11730 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
11731 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
11732 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
11733 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
11734 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
11735 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
11738 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
11739 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
11740 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
11741 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
11742 in the sources, and output a warning.
11744 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
11745 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
11746 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
11747 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
11748 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
11751 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
11752 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
11753 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
11754 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
11755 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
11756 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
11757 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
11758 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
11759 precisely because it confuses tools). */
11761 static struct symtab_and_line
11762 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
11764 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11765 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
11771 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
11773 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
11775 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
11776 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
11778 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
11780 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11781 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
11782 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
11787 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
11789 if (!sal.explicit_pc
11791 && sal.symtab != NULL
11792 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
11794 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
11797 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11799 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
11801 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11802 struct symbol *sym;
11803 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
11804 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11806 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
11808 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11809 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
11811 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
11812 "found at previous line number"),
11813 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11817 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
11819 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
11820 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
11821 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
11824 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
11825 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
11826 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
11828 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
11829 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
11831 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11833 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
11836 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
11839 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
11840 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11842 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
11844 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
11846 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
11848 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
11850 xfree (b->addr_string);
11851 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11852 sal2.symtab->filename,
11853 b->loc->line_number);
11855 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11858 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
11864 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11865 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
11868 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
11872 if (a->address != b->address)
11875 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
11878 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
11885 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
11891 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11892 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11893 a ranged breakpoint. */
11896 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
11897 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
11898 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
11901 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
11903 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
11905 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
11907 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
11908 update_global_location_list (1);
11909 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
11910 "multiple locations found\n"),
11915 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11916 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
11917 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11918 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11919 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11920 individual locations. */
11921 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
11926 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
11928 struct bp_location *new_loc;
11930 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
11932 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
11934 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11936 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
11939 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11941 s = b->cond_string;
11942 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11944 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
11949 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11950 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11951 b->number, e.message);
11952 new_loc->enabled = 0;
11956 if (sals_end.nelts)
11958 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
11960 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
11964 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
11965 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
11966 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
11968 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
11971 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
11972 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
11973 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
11974 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
11975 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
11976 often enough until a better solution is found. */
11977 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
11979 for (; e; e = e->next)
11981 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
11983 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
11984 if (have_ambiguous_names)
11986 for (; l; l = l->next)
11987 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
11995 for (; l; l = l->next)
11996 if (l->function_name
11997 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
12007 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
12008 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12010 update_global_location_list (1);
12013 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
12014 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
12016 static struct symtabs_and_lines
12017 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
12020 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
12021 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12023 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
12026 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12028 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
12032 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
12033 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
12034 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
12035 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
12036 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
12037 state, then user already saw the message about that
12038 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
12040 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
12041 && (b->condition_not_parsed
12042 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
12043 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
12044 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
12045 not_found_and_ok = 1;
12047 if (!not_found_and_ok)
12049 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
12050 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
12051 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
12052 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
12053 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
12054 which approach is better. */
12055 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12056 throw_exception (e);
12060 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
12064 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
12065 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
12066 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
12068 char *cond_string = 0;
12072 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
12073 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
12075 b->cond_string = cond_string;
12076 b->thread = thread;
12078 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
12081 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
12082 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
12092 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
12093 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
12097 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
12100 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
12101 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
12102 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
12104 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
12107 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12111 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
12113 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
12116 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
12117 expanded_end = sals_end;
12121 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
12124 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
12125 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
12128 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
12129 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12130 enum bptype type_wanted,
12131 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12133 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
12136 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
12137 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
12141 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12142 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12143 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12145 enum bptype type_wanted,
12146 enum bpdisp disposition,
12148 int task, int ignore_count,
12149 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12150 int from_tty, int enabled,
12153 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
12154 type_wanted, disposition,
12155 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12156 enabled, internal);
12159 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
12160 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
12163 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12164 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12166 struct linespec_result canonical;
12168 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
12169 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
12170 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
12171 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
12174 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
12175 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
12177 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
12179 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
12181 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
12182 *sals = lsal->sals;
12183 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
12185 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
12188 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
12191 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
12193 static struct cleanup *
12194 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
12196 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12198 input_radix = b->input_radix;
12199 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12200 if (b->pspace != NULL)
12201 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
12202 set_language (b->language);
12207 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
12208 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
12209 Unused in this case. */
12212 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
12214 /* Get past catch_errs. */
12215 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
12216 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12218 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
12219 b->ops->re_set (b);
12220 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12224 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
12226 breakpoint_re_set (void)
12228 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12229 enum language save_language;
12230 int save_input_radix;
12231 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12233 save_language = current_language->la_language;
12234 save_input_radix = input_radix;
12235 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
12237 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12239 /* Format possible error msg. */
12240 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
12242 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
12243 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
12244 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12246 set_language (save_language);
12247 input_radix = save_input_radix;
12249 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
12251 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12253 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
12254 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
12255 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
12256 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
12258 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
12262 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
12264 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
12265 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
12267 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
12269 if (b->thread != -1)
12271 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
12272 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
12274 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
12275 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
12276 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
12278 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
12282 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12283 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12284 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12287 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
12289 struct breakpoint *b;
12294 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12295 if (b->number == bptnum)
12297 if (is_tracepoint (b))
12299 if (from_tty && count != 0)
12300 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
12305 b->ignore_count = count;
12309 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
12310 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
12312 else if (count == 1)
12313 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
12316 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
12317 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
12320 breakpoints_changed ();
12321 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12325 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
12328 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
12331 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12337 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
12339 num = get_number (&p);
12341 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
12343 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
12345 set_ignore_count (num,
12346 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
12349 printf_filtered ("\n");
12352 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
12353 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
12356 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
12361 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
12363 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
12366 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
12368 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
12370 while (!state.finished)
12372 char *p = state.string;
12376 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
12379 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
12383 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
12384 if (b->number == num)
12387 function (b, data);
12391 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
12396 static struct bp_location *
12397 find_location_by_number (char *number)
12399 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
12403 struct breakpoint *b;
12404 struct bp_location *loc;
12409 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
12411 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12413 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12414 if (b->number == bp_num)
12419 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
12420 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12423 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
12425 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
12429 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
12432 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
12438 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12439 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12440 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12443 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12445 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
12446 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
12447 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
12448 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
12451 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
12452 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
12455 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12457 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12458 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12460 struct bp_location *location;
12462 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12463 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
12466 update_global_location_list (0);
12468 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12471 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
12474 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12476 disable_breakpoint (b);
12479 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12480 disable_breakpoint. */
12483 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12485 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12489 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12493 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12495 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12496 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12497 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
12499 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12501 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12505 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12506 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12507 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12508 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
12510 update_global_location_list (0);
12513 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12517 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
12519 int target_resources_ok;
12521 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12524 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
12525 target_resources_ok =
12526 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
12528 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
12529 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
12530 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
12531 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
12534 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
12536 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
12537 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
12538 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12540 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
12542 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
12544 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
12545 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12546 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
12550 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
12551 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
12557 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12558 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12560 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12561 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12563 struct bp_location *location;
12565 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12566 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
12569 bpt->disposition = disposition;
12570 update_global_location_list (1);
12571 breakpoints_changed ();
12573 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12578 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12580 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition);
12584 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12586 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12589 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12590 enable_breakpoint. */
12593 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12595 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12598 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
12599 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
12600 in stopping the inferior. */
12603 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12607 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12609 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12610 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12611 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12613 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12615 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12619 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12620 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12621 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12622 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
12624 update_global_location_list (1);
12627 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12631 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12633 enum bpdisp disp = *(enum bpdisp *) arg;
12635 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp);
12639 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12641 enum bpdisp disp = disp_disable;
12643 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12647 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12649 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
12653 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12655 enum bpdisp disp = disp_del;
12657 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12661 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12663 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12667 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12672 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12676 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
12677 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
12681 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
12682 const bfd_byte *data)
12684 struct breakpoint *bp;
12686 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12687 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
12688 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12690 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
12692 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
12694 struct bp_location *loc;
12696 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
12697 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
12698 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
12699 && addr + len > loc->address)
12701 value_free (wp->val);
12709 /* Use the last displayed codepoint's values, or nothing
12710 if they aren't valid. */
12712 struct symtabs_and_lines
12713 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int flags)
12715 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12718 error (_("Empty line specification."));
12719 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
12720 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags,
12721 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
12722 get_last_displayed_line ());
12724 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
12726 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
12730 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
12731 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
12732 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
12733 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
12737 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12738 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
12740 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
12742 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
12744 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
12745 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
12747 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
12749 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
12757 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
12758 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
12761 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
12763 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
12766 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
12772 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
12775 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
12776 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
12778 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
12781 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12782 struct address_space *aspace,
12787 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
12789 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
12790 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
12794 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
12795 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
12796 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
12799 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12800 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12801 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12802 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
12803 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12804 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
12806 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
12807 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
12808 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12809 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
12812 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12813 were inserted or not. */
12816 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12818 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
12819 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
12822 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
12825 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12827 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
12829 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12831 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
12832 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
12833 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
12834 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
12836 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
12838 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
12839 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
12840 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
12841 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
12845 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12846 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12847 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12851 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12855 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12856 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12858 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12859 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
12860 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
12864 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12868 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12872 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12873 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12874 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
12875 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12878 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12882 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
12887 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12889 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
12891 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
12892 bp_tgt->placed_address,
12900 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12901 non-zero otherwise. */
12903 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
12905 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
12906 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
12907 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
12914 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12916 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
12918 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
12922 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
12924 struct breakpoint *bp;
12926 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12927 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
12929 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
12931 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
12935 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
12937 if (syscall_number == iter)
12947 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
12949 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
12950 char *text, char *word)
12952 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
12954 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
12960 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
12962 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
12964 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
12966 tracepoint_count = num;
12967 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
12971 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12973 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12975 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12977 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12978 0 /* Ignore count */,
12979 pending_break_support,
12980 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12984 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12988 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12990 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12992 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12994 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12995 0 /* Ignore count */,
12996 pending_break_support,
12997 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
13001 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13004 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
13007 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13009 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
13011 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
13012 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
13013 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
13014 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13016 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13018 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13020 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
13022 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
13023 0 /* Ignore count */,
13024 pending_break_support,
13029 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13032 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
13033 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
13035 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
13036 static int next_cmd;
13039 read_uploaded_action (void)
13043 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
13050 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
13051 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
13052 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
13053 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
13054 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
13056 struct tracepoint *
13057 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
13059 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
13060 struct tracepoint *tp;
13062 if (utp->at_string)
13063 addr_str = utp->at_string;
13066 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
13067 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
13068 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
13070 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
13071 "source location, using raw address"),
13073 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
13074 addr_str = small_buf;
13077 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
13078 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
13079 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
13080 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
13083 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13085 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
13087 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
13088 0 /* Ignore count */,
13089 pending_break_support,
13090 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
13092 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
13096 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13098 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
13099 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
13100 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
13104 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->base.number);
13106 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
13109 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
13110 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
13111 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
13113 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
13115 struct command_line *cmd_list;
13120 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
13122 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
13124 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
13125 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
13126 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
13127 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
13130 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
13131 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
13132 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
13137 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
13141 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
13143 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13146 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
13148 if (num_printed == 0)
13150 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
13151 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
13153 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
13156 default_collect_info ();
13159 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
13160 Not supported by all targets. */
13162 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13164 enable_command (args, from_tty);
13167 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
13168 Not supported by all targets. */
13170 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13172 disable_command (args, from_tty);
13175 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
13177 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13179 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13185 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13187 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
13188 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
13189 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
13191 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13192 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
13194 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13198 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13200 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
13202 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13203 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
13204 delete_breakpoint (b);
13208 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13211 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
13214 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
13216 tp->pass_count = count;
13217 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp->base.number);
13219 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
13220 tp->base.number, count);
13223 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
13225 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
13226 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
13227 Also accepts special argument "all". */
13230 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13232 struct tracepoint *t1;
13233 unsigned int count;
13235 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
13236 error (_("passcount command requires an "
13237 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
13239 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
13241 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
13244 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
13246 struct breakpoint *b;
13248 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
13250 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
13252 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13254 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13255 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13258 else if (*args == '\0')
13260 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
13262 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13266 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
13268 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
13269 while (!state.finished)
13271 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
13273 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13278 struct tracepoint *
13279 get_tracepoint (int num)
13281 struct breakpoint *t;
13283 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13284 if (t->number == num)
13285 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13290 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
13291 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
13294 struct tracepoint *
13295 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
13297 struct breakpoint *b;
13299 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13301 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13303 if (t->number_on_target == num)
13310 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
13311 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
13312 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
13313 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
13314 struct tracepoint *
13315 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
13316 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
13319 extern int tracepoint_count;
13320 struct breakpoint *t;
13322 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
13326 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
13327 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
13329 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
13332 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
13334 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
13337 tpnum = get_number (arg);
13341 if (instring && *instring)
13342 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
13345 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
13346 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
13350 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13351 if (t->number == tpnum)
13353 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13356 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
13361 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13363 if (b->thread != -1)
13364 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
13367 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
13369 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
13372 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
13373 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
13374 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
13378 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
13379 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
13381 struct breakpoint *tp;
13384 struct cleanup *cleanup;
13385 struct ui_file *fp;
13386 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
13388 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
13389 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
13391 /* See if we have anything to save. */
13392 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13394 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13395 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13398 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13399 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13404 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
13406 extra_trace_bits = 1;
13408 /* We can stop searching. */
13415 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
13419 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
13420 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
13421 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
13423 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
13424 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
13425 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
13427 if (extra_trace_bits)
13428 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
13430 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13432 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13433 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13436 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13437 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13440 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
13442 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
13443 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
13446 if (tp->cond_string)
13447 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
13449 if (tp->ignore_count)
13450 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
13454 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
13456 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
13458 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
13459 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
13461 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
13463 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
13466 throw_exception (ex);
13468 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
13471 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
13472 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
13474 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
13475 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
13476 special, and not user visible. */
13477 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
13479 struct bp_location *loc;
13482 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
13484 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
13488 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
13489 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
13491 do_cleanups (cleanup);
13493 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
13496 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
13499 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13501 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
13504 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
13507 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13509 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
13512 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
13514 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
13515 all_tracepoints (void)
13517 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
13518 struct breakpoint *tp;
13520 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
13522 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
13529 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
13530 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
13531 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
13533 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
13534 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
13535 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13536 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
13537 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
13538 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
13539 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
13540 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
13542 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
13543 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13545 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13546 conditions are different.\n\
13548 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
13550 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
13551 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
13553 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
13554 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
13557 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
13558 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
13559 struct cmd_list_element *command),
13560 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
13561 char *text, char *word),
13562 void *user_data_catch,
13563 void *user_data_tcatch)
13565 struct cmd_list_element *command;
13567 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13569 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13570 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
13571 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13573 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13575 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13576 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
13577 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13581 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
13583 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
13584 inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
13585 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
13589 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13591 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
13592 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
13593 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
13596 struct breakpoint *
13597 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
13600 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13602 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13604 if ((*callback) (b, data))
13611 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
13612 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
13615 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
13617 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
13618 non-inline function. */
13619 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
13625 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
13626 have been inlined. */
13629 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
13631 struct breakpoint *b;
13632 struct bp_location *bl;
13634 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13636 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
13639 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
13641 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
13642 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc))
13651 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
13653 static int initialized = 0;
13655 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
13661 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
13662 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
13663 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
13664 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13665 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13666 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
13667 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
13668 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
13669 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
13670 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
13671 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
13672 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
13674 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
13675 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13676 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13677 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
13678 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
13679 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
13680 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
13681 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
13683 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
13684 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
13685 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13686 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
13687 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
13688 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
13689 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
13690 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
13691 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
13692 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
13694 /* Internal breakpoints. */
13695 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
13696 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13697 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
13698 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
13699 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
13700 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
13702 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
13703 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
13704 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13705 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
13706 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
13707 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
13708 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
13710 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
13711 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
13712 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13713 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
13714 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
13715 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
13716 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
13719 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13720 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13721 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
13722 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
13723 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
13724 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
13725 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
13726 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
13727 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
13728 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
13729 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
13730 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
13731 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
13733 /* Masked watchpoints. */
13734 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13735 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13736 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
13737 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
13738 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
13739 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
13740 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
13741 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
13742 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
13743 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
13746 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13747 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13748 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
13749 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
13750 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
13751 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
13752 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
13753 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
13754 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
13755 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
13757 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
13758 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13759 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13760 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
13761 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
13762 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
13764 /* Fork catchpoints. */
13765 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
13766 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13767 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
13768 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
13769 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
13770 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
13771 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
13772 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
13773 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
13775 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
13776 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
13777 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13778 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
13779 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
13780 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
13781 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
13782 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
13783 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
13784 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
13786 /* Exec catchpoints. */
13787 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
13788 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13789 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
13790 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
13791 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
13792 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
13793 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
13794 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
13795 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
13796 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
13798 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
13799 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
13800 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13801 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
13802 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
13803 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
13804 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
13805 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
13806 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
13807 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
13808 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
13812 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
13814 struct cmd_list_element *c;
13816 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
13818 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
13819 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
13820 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
13822 breakpoint_objfile_key = register_objfile_data ();
13824 breakpoint_chain = 0;
13825 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
13826 before a breakpoint is set. */
13827 breakpoint_count = 0;
13829 tracepoint_count = 0;
13831 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
13832 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
13833 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
13835 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
13837 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
13838 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
13839 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
13840 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
13841 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
13842 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
13843 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
13844 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
13846 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
13847 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
13848 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
13849 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
13851 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
13852 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
13853 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13854 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
13855 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
13857 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
13858 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13860 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
13861 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13862 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
13863 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
13865 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
13866 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13868 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
13869 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13870 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13871 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
13873 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
13874 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13876 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13877 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13878 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13879 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13880 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13881 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
13882 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13884 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13885 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13886 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13887 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13888 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13889 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
13891 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13893 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13894 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13895 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13896 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13897 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
13898 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
13900 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13901 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13902 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13905 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13906 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13907 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13910 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13911 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13912 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13915 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13916 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13917 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13920 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13921 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13922 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13923 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13924 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
13925 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13926 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13927 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13929 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13930 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13931 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13932 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13933 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
13935 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
13936 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13937 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13938 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13939 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
13940 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
13943 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13944 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13945 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13946 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13948 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
13949 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
13950 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
13951 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13952 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13954 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13955 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
13956 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13957 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
13959 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
13960 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13961 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13962 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13963 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
13966 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
13967 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
13968 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13969 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
13970 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
13971 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
13973 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
13974 is executing in.\n\
13976 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
13977 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
13979 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
13980 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
13981 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
13982 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13984 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
13985 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
13986 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
13987 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
13990 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
13994 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
13995 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
13996 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
13997 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
13998 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
13999 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
14000 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
14001 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
14002 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14003 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14004 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14005 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14006 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14007 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14008 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14009 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14011 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14012 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14013 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14014 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14015 breakpoint set."));
14018 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
14019 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
14020 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14021 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14022 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14023 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14024 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14025 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14026 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14028 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14029 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14030 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14031 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14032 breakpoint set."));
14034 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
14037 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
14038 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14039 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14040 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14041 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14042 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14043 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14044 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14045 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14047 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14048 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14049 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14050 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14051 breakpoint set."));
14053 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
14054 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14055 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14056 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14057 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14058 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
14059 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
14060 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
14061 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
14062 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14063 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14064 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14065 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14067 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14068 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14069 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14070 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14072 &maintenanceinfolist);
14074 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
14075 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
14076 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
14077 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14079 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
14080 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
14081 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
14082 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14084 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
14085 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
14086 Catch an exception, when caught."),
14087 catch_catch_command,
14091 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
14092 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
14093 catch_throw_command,
14097 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
14098 catch_fork_command_1,
14100 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
14101 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
14102 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
14103 catch_fork_command_1,
14105 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
14106 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
14107 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
14108 catch_exec_command_1,
14112 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
14113 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
14114 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
14115 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
14116 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
14117 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
14118 catch_syscall_command_1,
14119 catch_syscall_completer,
14123 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
14124 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14125 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14126 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14127 an expression changes.\n\
14128 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14129 the memory to which it refers."));
14130 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14132 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
14133 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14134 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14135 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14136 an expression is read.\n\
14137 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14138 the memory to which it refers."));
14139 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14141 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
14142 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14143 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14144 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14145 an expression is either read or written.\n\
14146 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14147 the memory to which it refers."));
14148 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14150 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
14151 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
14153 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
14154 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
14155 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
14156 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
14157 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14158 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14159 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
14160 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
14161 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
14164 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
14165 &setlist, &showlist);
14167 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
14169 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
14171 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
14172 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
14174 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
14175 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14176 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14178 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
14179 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14180 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14181 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14183 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
14184 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
14186 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
14187 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14188 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14190 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
14191 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
14193 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
14194 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
14195 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
14196 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
14197 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
14198 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
14199 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
14200 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
14201 the selected stack frame.\n\
14202 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
14203 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
14204 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
14205 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
14207 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
14209 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
14210 conditions are different.\n\
14212 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
14213 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14214 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14216 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
14217 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
14218 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
14219 last tracepoint set."));
14221 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
14223 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
14224 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
14225 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14226 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
14229 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
14230 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
14231 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14232 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
14234 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
14236 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
14237 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
14238 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14239 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
14241 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
14243 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
14244 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
14245 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
14246 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
14247 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
14249 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
14250 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
14251 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
14252 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14254 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
14255 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
14256 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
14257 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
14258 session to restore them."),
14260 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14262 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
14263 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
14264 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
14266 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14268 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
14269 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
14271 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14272 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14273 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14274 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14275 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
14276 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
14277 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14278 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14279 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14280 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14281 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
14282 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
14284 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
14285 &pending_break_support, _("\
14286 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14287 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14288 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
14289 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
14290 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
14291 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
14293 show_pending_break_support,
14294 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14295 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14297 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
14299 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
14300 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
14301 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14302 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14303 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
14304 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
14305 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
14307 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
14308 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14309 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14311 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
14312 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
14313 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14314 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14315 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
14316 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
14317 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
14318 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
14319 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
14320 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
14321 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
14322 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
14324 &show_always_inserted_mode,
14325 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14326 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14328 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
14329 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
14330 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
14331 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
14332 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
14333 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
14334 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
14335 or the start of the range\n\
14336 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
14337 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
14338 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
14340 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
14341 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
14342 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
14344 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
14346 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);